blob: 407dabb291efe33e691630af10ac38c85d98f03d [file] [log] [blame]
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001//===- SROA.cpp - Scalar Replacement Of Aggregates ------------------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9/// \file
10/// This transformation implements the well known scalar replacement of
11/// aggregates transformation. It tries to identify promotable elements of an
12/// aggregate alloca, and promote them to registers. It will also try to
13/// convert uses of an element (or set of elements) of an alloca into a vector
14/// or bitfield-style integer scalar if appropriate.
15///
16/// It works to do this with minimal slicing of the alloca so that regions
17/// which are merely transferred in and out of external memory remain unchanged
18/// and are not decomposed to scalar code.
19///
20/// Because this also performs alloca promotion, it can be thought of as also
21/// serving the purpose of SSA formation. The algorithm iterates on the
22/// function until all opportunities for promotion have been realized.
23///
24//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
25
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +000026#include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar/SROA.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000027#include "llvm/ADT/STLExtras.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000028#include "llvm/ADT/SmallVector.h"
29#include "llvm/ADT/Statistic.h"
Chandler Carruth66b31302015-01-04 12:03:27 +000030#include "llvm/Analysis/AssumptionCache.h"
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +000031#include "llvm/Analysis/GlobalsModRef.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000032#include "llvm/Analysis/Loads.h"
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +000033#include "llvm/Analysis/PtrUseVisitor.h"
Chandler Carruthed0881b2012-12-03 16:50:05 +000034#include "llvm/Analysis/ValueTracking.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000035#include "llvm/IR/Constants.h"
Chandler Carruth12664a02014-03-06 00:22:06 +000036#include "llvm/IR/DIBuilder.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000037#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
Chandler Carruth9a4c9e52014-03-06 00:46:21 +000038#include "llvm/IR/DebugInfo.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000039#include "llvm/IR/DerivedTypes.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000040#include "llvm/IR/IRBuilder.h"
Chandler Carruth7da14f12014-03-06 03:23:41 +000041#include "llvm/IR/InstVisitor.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000042#include "llvm/IR/Instructions.h"
43#include "llvm/IR/IntrinsicInst.h"
44#include "llvm/IR/LLVMContext.h"
Chandler Carruth9fb823b2013-01-02 11:36:10 +000045#include "llvm/IR/Operator.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000046#include "llvm/Pass.h"
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +000047#include "llvm/Support/CommandLine.h"
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +000048#include "llvm/Support/Compiler.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000049#include "llvm/Support/Debug.h"
50#include "llvm/Support/ErrorHandling.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000051#include "llvm/Support/MathExtras.h"
Chandler Carruth83cee772014-02-25 03:59:29 +000052#include "llvm/Support/TimeValue.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000053#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +000054#include "llvm/Transforms/Scalar.h"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000055#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/Local.h"
56#include "llvm/Transforms/Utils/PromoteMemToReg.h"
Chandler Carruth83cee772014-02-25 03:59:29 +000057
Hal Finkel29f51312016-03-28 11:13:03 +000058#ifndef NDEBUG
59// We only use this for a debug check.
Chandler Carruth83cee772014-02-25 03:59:29 +000060#include <random>
61#endif
62
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000063using namespace llvm;
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +000064using namespace llvm::sroa;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000065
Chandler Carruth964daaa2014-04-22 02:55:47 +000066#define DEBUG_TYPE "sroa"
67
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000068STATISTIC(NumAllocasAnalyzed, "Number of allocas analyzed for replacement");
Chandler Carruth5f5b6162013-03-20 06:30:46 +000069STATISTIC(NumAllocaPartitions, "Number of alloca partitions formed");
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +000070STATISTIC(MaxPartitionsPerAlloca, "Maximum number of partitions per alloca");
71STATISTIC(NumAllocaPartitionUses, "Number of alloca partition uses rewritten");
72STATISTIC(MaxUsesPerAllocaPartition, "Maximum number of uses of a partition");
Chandler Carruth5f5b6162013-03-20 06:30:46 +000073STATISTIC(NumNewAllocas, "Number of new, smaller allocas introduced");
74STATISTIC(NumPromoted, "Number of allocas promoted to SSA values");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000075STATISTIC(NumLoadsSpeculated, "Number of loads speculated to allow promotion");
Chandler Carruth5f5b6162013-03-20 06:30:46 +000076STATISTIC(NumDeleted, "Number of instructions deleted");
77STATISTIC(NumVectorized, "Number of vectorized aggregates");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000078
Chandler Carruth83cee772014-02-25 03:59:29 +000079/// Hidden option to enable randomly shuffling the slices to help uncover
80/// instability in their order.
81static cl::opt<bool> SROARandomShuffleSlices("sroa-random-shuffle-slices",
82 cl::init(false), cl::Hidden);
83
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +000084/// Hidden option to experiment with completely strict handling of inbounds
85/// GEPs.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +000086static cl::opt<bool> SROAStrictInbounds("sroa-strict-inbounds", cl::init(false),
87 cl::Hidden);
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +000088
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +000089namespace {
Mehdi Amini1e9c9252016-03-11 17:15:34 +000090/// \brief A custom IRBuilder inserter which prefixes all names, but only in
91/// Assert builds.
Mehdi Aminiba9fba82016-03-13 21:05:13 +000092class IRBuilderPrefixedInserter : public IRBuilderDefaultInserter {
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +000093 std::string Prefix;
Mehdi Amini1e9c9252016-03-11 17:15:34 +000094 const Twine getNameWithPrefix(const Twine &Name) const {
95 return Name.isTriviallyEmpty() ? Name : Prefix + Name;
96 }
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +000097
98public:
99 void SetNamePrefix(const Twine &P) { Prefix = P.str(); }
100
101protected:
102 void InsertHelper(Instruction *I, const Twine &Name, BasicBlock *BB,
103 BasicBlock::iterator InsertPt) const {
Mehdi Aminiba9fba82016-03-13 21:05:13 +0000104 IRBuilderDefaultInserter::InsertHelper(I, getNameWithPrefix(Name), BB,
105 InsertPt);
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +0000106 }
107};
108
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +0000109/// \brief Provide a typedef for IRBuilder that drops names in release builds.
Mehdi Aminiba9fba82016-03-13 21:05:13 +0000110using IRBuilderTy = llvm::IRBuilder<ConstantFolder, IRBuilderPrefixedInserter>;
Alexander Kornienkof00654e2015-06-23 09:49:53 +0000111}
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +0000112
113namespace {
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000114/// \brief A used slice of an alloca.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000115///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000116/// This structure represents a slice of an alloca used by some instruction. It
117/// stores both the begin and end offsets of this use, a pointer to the use
118/// itself, and a flag indicating whether we can classify the use as splittable
119/// or not when forming partitions of the alloca.
120class Slice {
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000121 /// \brief The beginning offset of the range.
122 uint64_t BeginOffset;
123
124 /// \brief The ending offset, not included in the range.
125 uint64_t EndOffset;
126
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000127 /// \brief Storage for both the use of this slice and whether it can be
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000128 /// split.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000129 PointerIntPair<Use *, 1, bool> UseAndIsSplittable;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000130
131public:
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000132 Slice() : BeginOffset(), EndOffset() {}
133 Slice(uint64_t BeginOffset, uint64_t EndOffset, Use *U, bool IsSplittable)
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000134 : BeginOffset(BeginOffset), EndOffset(EndOffset),
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000135 UseAndIsSplittable(U, IsSplittable) {}
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000136
137 uint64_t beginOffset() const { return BeginOffset; }
138 uint64_t endOffset() const { return EndOffset; }
139
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000140 bool isSplittable() const { return UseAndIsSplittable.getInt(); }
141 void makeUnsplittable() { UseAndIsSplittable.setInt(false); }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000142
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000143 Use *getUse() const { return UseAndIsSplittable.getPointer(); }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000144
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000145 bool isDead() const { return getUse() == nullptr; }
146 void kill() { UseAndIsSplittable.setPointer(nullptr); }
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000147
148 /// \brief Support for ordering ranges.
149 ///
150 /// This provides an ordering over ranges such that start offsets are
151 /// always increasing, and within equal start offsets, the end offsets are
152 /// decreasing. Thus the spanning range comes first in a cluster with the
153 /// same start position.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000154 bool operator<(const Slice &RHS) const {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000155 if (beginOffset() < RHS.beginOffset())
156 return true;
157 if (beginOffset() > RHS.beginOffset())
158 return false;
159 if (isSplittable() != RHS.isSplittable())
160 return !isSplittable();
161 if (endOffset() > RHS.endOffset())
162 return true;
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000163 return false;
164 }
165
166 /// \brief Support comparison with a single offset to allow binary searches.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000167 friend LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED bool operator<(const Slice &LHS,
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000168 uint64_t RHSOffset) {
169 return LHS.beginOffset() < RHSOffset;
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000170 }
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000171 friend LLVM_ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED bool operator<(uint64_t LHSOffset,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000172 const Slice &RHS) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000173 return LHSOffset < RHS.beginOffset();
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000174 }
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000175
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000176 bool operator==(const Slice &RHS) const {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000177 return isSplittable() == RHS.isSplittable() &&
178 beginOffset() == RHS.beginOffset() && endOffset() == RHS.endOffset();
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000179 }
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000180 bool operator!=(const Slice &RHS) const { return !operator==(RHS); }
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000181};
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000182} // end anonymous namespace
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000183
184namespace llvm {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000185template <typename T> struct isPodLike;
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000186template <> struct isPodLike<Slice> { static const bool value = true; };
Chandler Carruthf74654d2013-03-18 08:36:46 +0000187}
188
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000189/// \brief Representation of the alloca slices.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000190///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000191/// This class represents the slices of an alloca which are formed by its
192/// various uses. If a pointer escapes, we can't fully build a representation
193/// for the slices used and we reflect that in this structure. The uses are
194/// stored, sorted by increasing beginning offset and with unsplittable slices
195/// starting at a particular offset before splittable slices.
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000196class llvm::sroa::AllocaSlices {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000197public:
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000198 /// \brief Construct the slices of a particular alloca.
199 AllocaSlices(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaInst &AI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000200
201 /// \brief Test whether a pointer to the allocation escapes our analysis.
202 ///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000203 /// If this is true, the slices are never fully built and should be
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000204 /// ignored.
205 bool isEscaped() const { return PointerEscapingInstr; }
206
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000207 /// \brief Support for iterating over the slices.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000208 /// @{
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000209 typedef SmallVectorImpl<Slice>::iterator iterator;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +0000210 typedef iterator_range<iterator> range;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000211 iterator begin() { return Slices.begin(); }
212 iterator end() { return Slices.end(); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000213
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000214 typedef SmallVectorImpl<Slice>::const_iterator const_iterator;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +0000215 typedef iterator_range<const_iterator> const_range;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000216 const_iterator begin() const { return Slices.begin(); }
217 const_iterator end() const { return Slices.end(); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000218 /// @}
219
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +0000220 /// \brief Erase a range of slices.
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +0000221 void erase(iterator Start, iterator Stop) { Slices.erase(Start, Stop); }
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +0000222
223 /// \brief Insert new slices for this alloca.
224 ///
225 /// This moves the slices into the alloca's slices collection, and re-sorts
226 /// everything so that the usual ordering properties of the alloca's slices
227 /// hold.
228 void insert(ArrayRef<Slice> NewSlices) {
229 int OldSize = Slices.size();
Benjamin Kramer4f6ac162015-02-28 10:11:12 +0000230 Slices.append(NewSlices.begin(), NewSlices.end());
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +0000231 auto SliceI = Slices.begin() + OldSize;
232 std::sort(SliceI, Slices.end());
233 std::inplace_merge(Slices.begin(), SliceI, Slices.end());
234 }
235
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000236 // Forward declare the iterator and range accessor for walking the
237 // partitions.
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000238 class partition_iterator;
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000239 iterator_range<partition_iterator> partitions();
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +0000240
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +0000241 /// \brief Access the dead users for this alloca.
242 ArrayRef<Instruction *> getDeadUsers() const { return DeadUsers; }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000243
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +0000244 /// \brief Access the dead operands referring to this alloca.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000245 ///
246 /// These are operands which have cannot actually be used to refer to the
247 /// alloca as they are outside its range and the user doesn't correct for
248 /// that. These mostly consist of PHI node inputs and the like which we just
249 /// need to replace with undef.
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +0000250 ArrayRef<Use *> getDeadOperands() const { return DeadOperands; }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000251
Chandler Carruth25fb23d2012-09-14 10:18:51 +0000252#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000253 void print(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I, StringRef Indent = " ") const;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000254 void printSlice(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
255 StringRef Indent = " ") const;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000256 void printUse(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
257 StringRef Indent = " ") const;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000258 void print(raw_ostream &OS) const;
Alp Tokerf929e092014-01-04 22:47:48 +0000259 void dump(const_iterator I) const;
260 void dump() const;
Chandler Carruth25fb23d2012-09-14 10:18:51 +0000261#endif
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000262
263private:
264 template <typename DerivedT, typename RetT = void> class BuilderBase;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000265 class SliceBuilder;
266 friend class AllocaSlices::SliceBuilder;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000267
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000268#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000269 /// \brief Handle to alloca instruction to simplify method interfaces.
270 AllocaInst &AI;
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000271#endif
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000272
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000273 /// \brief The instruction responsible for this alloca not having a known set
274 /// of slices.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000275 ///
276 /// When an instruction (potentially) escapes the pointer to the alloca, we
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000277 /// store a pointer to that here and abort trying to form slices of the
278 /// alloca. This will be null if the alloca slices are analyzed successfully.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000279 Instruction *PointerEscapingInstr;
280
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000281 /// \brief The slices of the alloca.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000282 ///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000283 /// We store a vector of the slices formed by uses of the alloca here. This
284 /// vector is sorted by increasing begin offset, and then the unsplittable
285 /// slices before the splittable ones. See the Slice inner class for more
286 /// details.
287 SmallVector<Slice, 8> Slices;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000288
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000289 /// \brief Instructions which will become dead if we rewrite the alloca.
290 ///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000291 /// Note that these are not separated by slice. This is because we expect an
292 /// alloca to be completely rewritten or not rewritten at all. If rewritten,
293 /// all these instructions can simply be removed and replaced with undef as
294 /// they come from outside of the allocated space.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000295 SmallVector<Instruction *, 8> DeadUsers;
296
297 /// \brief Operands which will become dead if we rewrite the alloca.
298 ///
299 /// These are operands that in their particular use can be replaced with
300 /// undef when we rewrite the alloca. These show up in out-of-bounds inputs
301 /// to PHI nodes and the like. They aren't entirely dead (there might be
302 /// a GEP back into the bounds using it elsewhere) and nor is the PHI, but we
303 /// want to swap this particular input for undef to simplify the use lists of
304 /// the alloca.
305 SmallVector<Use *, 8> DeadOperands;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000306};
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000307
308/// \brief A partition of the slices.
309///
310/// An ephemeral representation for a range of slices which can be viewed as
311/// a partition of the alloca. This range represents a span of the alloca's
312/// memory which cannot be split, and provides access to all of the slices
313/// overlapping some part of the partition.
314///
315/// Objects of this type are produced by traversing the alloca's slices, but
316/// are only ephemeral and not persistent.
317class llvm::sroa::Partition {
318private:
319 friend class AllocaSlices;
320 friend class AllocaSlices::partition_iterator;
321
322 typedef AllocaSlices::iterator iterator;
323
324 /// \brief The beginning and ending offsets of the alloca for this
325 /// partition.
326 uint64_t BeginOffset, EndOffset;
327
328 /// \brief The start end end iterators of this partition.
329 iterator SI, SJ;
330
331 /// \brief A collection of split slice tails overlapping the partition.
332 SmallVector<Slice *, 4> SplitTails;
333
334 /// \brief Raw constructor builds an empty partition starting and ending at
335 /// the given iterator.
336 Partition(iterator SI) : SI(SI), SJ(SI) {}
337
338public:
339 /// \brief The start offset of this partition.
340 ///
341 /// All of the contained slices start at or after this offset.
342 uint64_t beginOffset() const { return BeginOffset; }
343
344 /// \brief The end offset of this partition.
345 ///
346 /// All of the contained slices end at or before this offset.
347 uint64_t endOffset() const { return EndOffset; }
348
349 /// \brief The size of the partition.
350 ///
351 /// Note that this can never be zero.
352 uint64_t size() const {
353 assert(BeginOffset < EndOffset && "Partitions must span some bytes!");
354 return EndOffset - BeginOffset;
355 }
356
357 /// \brief Test whether this partition contains no slices, and merely spans
358 /// a region occupied by split slices.
359 bool empty() const { return SI == SJ; }
360
361 /// \name Iterate slices that start within the partition.
362 /// These may be splittable or unsplittable. They have a begin offset >= the
363 /// partition begin offset.
364 /// @{
365 // FIXME: We should probably define a "concat_iterator" helper and use that
366 // to stitch together pointee_iterators over the split tails and the
367 // contiguous iterators of the partition. That would give a much nicer
368 // interface here. We could then additionally expose filtered iterators for
369 // split, unsplit, and unsplittable splices based on the usage patterns.
370 iterator begin() const { return SI; }
371 iterator end() const { return SJ; }
372 /// @}
373
374 /// \brief Get the sequence of split slice tails.
375 ///
376 /// These tails are of slices which start before this partition but are
377 /// split and overlap into the partition. We accumulate these while forming
378 /// partitions.
379 ArrayRef<Slice *> splitSliceTails() const { return SplitTails; }
380};
381
382/// \brief An iterator over partitions of the alloca's slices.
383///
384/// This iterator implements the core algorithm for partitioning the alloca's
385/// slices. It is a forward iterator as we don't support backtracking for
386/// efficiency reasons, and re-use a single storage area to maintain the
387/// current set of split slices.
388///
389/// It is templated on the slice iterator type to use so that it can operate
390/// with either const or non-const slice iterators.
391class AllocaSlices::partition_iterator
392 : public iterator_facade_base<partition_iterator, std::forward_iterator_tag,
393 Partition> {
394 friend class AllocaSlices;
395
396 /// \brief Most of the state for walking the partitions is held in a class
397 /// with a nice interface for examining them.
398 Partition P;
399
400 /// \brief We need to keep the end of the slices to know when to stop.
401 AllocaSlices::iterator SE;
402
403 /// \brief We also need to keep track of the maximum split end offset seen.
404 /// FIXME: Do we really?
405 uint64_t MaxSplitSliceEndOffset;
406
407 /// \brief Sets the partition to be empty at given iterator, and sets the
408 /// end iterator.
409 partition_iterator(AllocaSlices::iterator SI, AllocaSlices::iterator SE)
410 : P(SI), SE(SE), MaxSplitSliceEndOffset(0) {
411 // If not already at the end, advance our state to form the initial
412 // partition.
413 if (SI != SE)
414 advance();
415 }
416
417 /// \brief Advance the iterator to the next partition.
418 ///
419 /// Requires that the iterator not be at the end of the slices.
420 void advance() {
421 assert((P.SI != SE || !P.SplitTails.empty()) &&
422 "Cannot advance past the end of the slices!");
423
424 // Clear out any split uses which have ended.
425 if (!P.SplitTails.empty()) {
426 if (P.EndOffset >= MaxSplitSliceEndOffset) {
427 // If we've finished all splits, this is easy.
428 P.SplitTails.clear();
429 MaxSplitSliceEndOffset = 0;
430 } else {
431 // Remove the uses which have ended in the prior partition. This
432 // cannot change the max split slice end because we just checked that
433 // the prior partition ended prior to that max.
434 P.SplitTails.erase(
David Majnemer0a16c222016-08-11 21:15:00 +0000435 remove_if(P.SplitTails,
436 [&](Slice *S) { return S->endOffset() <= P.EndOffset; }),
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000437 P.SplitTails.end());
David Majnemer0a16c222016-08-11 21:15:00 +0000438 assert(any_of(P.SplitTails,
439 [&](Slice *S) {
440 return S->endOffset() == MaxSplitSliceEndOffset;
441 }) &&
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000442 "Could not find the current max split slice offset!");
David Majnemer0a16c222016-08-11 21:15:00 +0000443 assert(all_of(P.SplitTails,
444 [&](Slice *S) {
445 return S->endOffset() <= MaxSplitSliceEndOffset;
446 }) &&
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +0000447 "Max split slice end offset is not actually the max!");
448 }
449 }
450
451 // If P.SI is already at the end, then we've cleared the split tail and
452 // now have an end iterator.
453 if (P.SI == SE) {
454 assert(P.SplitTails.empty() && "Failed to clear the split slices!");
455 return;
456 }
457
458 // If we had a non-empty partition previously, set up the state for
459 // subsequent partitions.
460 if (P.SI != P.SJ) {
461 // Accumulate all the splittable slices which started in the old
462 // partition into the split list.
463 for (Slice &S : P)
464 if (S.isSplittable() && S.endOffset() > P.EndOffset) {
465 P.SplitTails.push_back(&S);
466 MaxSplitSliceEndOffset =
467 std::max(S.endOffset(), MaxSplitSliceEndOffset);
468 }
469
470 // Start from the end of the previous partition.
471 P.SI = P.SJ;
472
473 // If P.SI is now at the end, we at most have a tail of split slices.
474 if (P.SI == SE) {
475 P.BeginOffset = P.EndOffset;
476 P.EndOffset = MaxSplitSliceEndOffset;
477 return;
478 }
479
480 // If the we have split slices and the next slice is after a gap and is
481 // not splittable immediately form an empty partition for the split
482 // slices up until the next slice begins.
483 if (!P.SplitTails.empty() && P.SI->beginOffset() != P.EndOffset &&
484 !P.SI->isSplittable()) {
485 P.BeginOffset = P.EndOffset;
486 P.EndOffset = P.SI->beginOffset();
487 return;
488 }
489 }
490
491 // OK, we need to consume new slices. Set the end offset based on the
492 // current slice, and step SJ past it. The beginning offset of the
493 // partition is the beginning offset of the next slice unless we have
494 // pre-existing split slices that are continuing, in which case we begin
495 // at the prior end offset.
496 P.BeginOffset = P.SplitTails.empty() ? P.SI->beginOffset() : P.EndOffset;
497 P.EndOffset = P.SI->endOffset();
498 ++P.SJ;
499
500 // There are two strategies to form a partition based on whether the
501 // partition starts with an unsplittable slice or a splittable slice.
502 if (!P.SI->isSplittable()) {
503 // When we're forming an unsplittable region, it must always start at
504 // the first slice and will extend through its end.
505 assert(P.BeginOffset == P.SI->beginOffset());
506
507 // Form a partition including all of the overlapping slices with this
508 // unsplittable slice.
509 while (P.SJ != SE && P.SJ->beginOffset() < P.EndOffset) {
510 if (!P.SJ->isSplittable())
511 P.EndOffset = std::max(P.EndOffset, P.SJ->endOffset());
512 ++P.SJ;
513 }
514
515 // We have a partition across a set of overlapping unsplittable
516 // partitions.
517 return;
518 }
519
520 // If we're starting with a splittable slice, then we need to form
521 // a synthetic partition spanning it and any other overlapping splittable
522 // splices.
523 assert(P.SI->isSplittable() && "Forming a splittable partition!");
524
525 // Collect all of the overlapping splittable slices.
526 while (P.SJ != SE && P.SJ->beginOffset() < P.EndOffset &&
527 P.SJ->isSplittable()) {
528 P.EndOffset = std::max(P.EndOffset, P.SJ->endOffset());
529 ++P.SJ;
530 }
531
532 // Back upiP.EndOffset if we ended the span early when encountering an
533 // unsplittable slice. This synthesizes the early end offset of
534 // a partition spanning only splittable slices.
535 if (P.SJ != SE && P.SJ->beginOffset() < P.EndOffset) {
536 assert(!P.SJ->isSplittable());
537 P.EndOffset = P.SJ->beginOffset();
538 }
539 }
540
541public:
542 bool operator==(const partition_iterator &RHS) const {
543 assert(SE == RHS.SE &&
544 "End iterators don't match between compared partition iterators!");
545
546 // The observed positions of partitions is marked by the P.SI iterator and
547 // the emptiness of the split slices. The latter is only relevant when
548 // P.SI == SE, as the end iterator will additionally have an empty split
549 // slices list, but the prior may have the same P.SI and a tail of split
550 // slices.
551 if (P.SI == RHS.P.SI && P.SplitTails.empty() == RHS.P.SplitTails.empty()) {
552 assert(P.SJ == RHS.P.SJ &&
553 "Same set of slices formed two different sized partitions!");
554 assert(P.SplitTails.size() == RHS.P.SplitTails.size() &&
555 "Same slice position with differently sized non-empty split "
556 "slice tails!");
557 return true;
558 }
559 return false;
560 }
561
562 partition_iterator &operator++() {
563 advance();
564 return *this;
565 }
566
567 Partition &operator*() { return P; }
568};
569
570/// \brief A forward range over the partitions of the alloca's slices.
571///
572/// This accesses an iterator range over the partitions of the alloca's
573/// slices. It computes these partitions on the fly based on the overlapping
574/// offsets of the slices and the ability to split them. It will visit "empty"
575/// partitions to cover regions of the alloca only accessed via split
576/// slices.
577iterator_range<AllocaSlices::partition_iterator> AllocaSlices::partitions() {
578 return make_range(partition_iterator(begin(), end()),
579 partition_iterator(end(), end()));
Alexander Kornienkof00654e2015-06-23 09:49:53 +0000580}
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000581
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000582static Value *foldSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) {
583 // If the condition being selected on is a constant or the same value is
584 // being selected between, fold the select. Yes this does (rarely) happen
585 // early on.
586 if (ConstantInt *CI = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(SI.getCondition()))
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000587 return SI.getOperand(1 + CI->isZero());
Jakub Staszak3c6583a2013-02-19 22:14:45 +0000588 if (SI.getOperand(1) == SI.getOperand(2))
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000589 return SI.getOperand(1);
Jakub Staszak3c6583a2013-02-19 22:14:45 +0000590
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000591 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000592}
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000593
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000594/// \brief A helper that folds a PHI node or a select.
595static Value *foldPHINodeOrSelectInst(Instruction &I) {
596 if (PHINode *PN = dyn_cast<PHINode>(&I)) {
597 // If PN merges together the same value, return that value.
598 return PN->hasConstantValue();
599 }
600 return foldSelectInst(cast<SelectInst>(I));
601}
602
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000603/// \brief Builder for the alloca slices.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000604///
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000605/// This class builds a set of alloca slices by recursively visiting the uses
606/// of an alloca and making a slice for each load and store at each offset.
607class AllocaSlices::SliceBuilder : public PtrUseVisitor<SliceBuilder> {
608 friend class PtrUseVisitor<SliceBuilder>;
609 friend class InstVisitor<SliceBuilder>;
610 typedef PtrUseVisitor<SliceBuilder> Base;
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000611
612 const uint64_t AllocSize;
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000613 AllocaSlices &AS;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000614
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000615 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, unsigned> MemTransferSliceMap;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000616 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, uint64_t> PHIOrSelectSizes;
617
618 /// \brief Set to de-duplicate dead instructions found in the use walk.
619 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 4> VisitedDeadInsts;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000620
621public:
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000622 SliceBuilder(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS)
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000623 : PtrUseVisitor<SliceBuilder>(DL),
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000624 AllocSize(DL.getTypeAllocSize(AI.getAllocatedType())), AS(AS) {}
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000625
626private:
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000627 void markAsDead(Instruction &I) {
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +0000628 if (VisitedDeadInsts.insert(&I).second)
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000629 AS.DeadUsers.push_back(&I);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000630 }
631
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000632 void insertUse(Instruction &I, const APInt &Offset, uint64_t Size,
Chandler Carruth97121172012-09-16 19:39:50 +0000633 bool IsSplittable = false) {
Chandler Carruthf02b8bf2012-12-03 10:59:55 +0000634 // Completely skip uses which have a zero size or start either before or
635 // past the end of the allocation.
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000636 if (Size == 0 || Offset.uge(AllocSize)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000637 DEBUG(dbgs() << "WARNING: Ignoring " << Size << " byte use @" << Offset
Chandler Carruthf02b8bf2012-12-03 10:59:55 +0000638 << " which has zero size or starts outside of the "
639 << AllocSize << " byte alloca:\n"
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000640 << " alloca: " << AS.AI << "\n"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000641 << " use: " << I << "\n");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000642 return markAsDead(I);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000643 }
644
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000645 uint64_t BeginOffset = Offset.getZExtValue();
646 uint64_t EndOffset = BeginOffset + Size;
Chandler Carruthe7a1ba52012-09-23 11:43:14 +0000647
648 // Clamp the end offset to the end of the allocation. Note that this is
649 // formulated to handle even the case where "BeginOffset + Size" overflows.
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000650 // This may appear superficially to be something we could ignore entirely,
651 // but that is not so! There may be widened loads or PHI-node uses where
652 // some instructions are dead but not others. We can't completely ignore
653 // them, and so have to record at least the information here.
Chandler Carruthe7a1ba52012-09-23 11:43:14 +0000654 assert(AllocSize >= BeginOffset); // Established above.
655 if (Size > AllocSize - BeginOffset) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000656 DEBUG(dbgs() << "WARNING: Clamping a " << Size << " byte use @" << Offset
657 << " to remain within the " << AllocSize << " byte alloca:\n"
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000658 << " alloca: " << AS.AI << "\n"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000659 << " use: " << I << "\n");
660 EndOffset = AllocSize;
661 }
662
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000663 AS.Slices.push_back(Slice(BeginOffset, EndOffset, U, IsSplittable));
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000664 }
665
666 void visitBitCastInst(BitCastInst &BC) {
667 if (BC.use_empty())
668 return markAsDead(BC);
669
670 return Base::visitBitCastInst(BC);
671 }
672
673 void visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEPI) {
674 if (GEPI.use_empty())
675 return markAsDead(GEPI);
676
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +0000677 if (SROAStrictInbounds && GEPI.isInBounds()) {
678 // FIXME: This is a manually un-factored variant of the basic code inside
679 // of GEPs with checking of the inbounds invariant specified in the
680 // langref in a very strict sense. If we ever want to enable
681 // SROAStrictInbounds, this code should be factored cleanly into
682 // PtrUseVisitor, but it is easier to experiment with SROAStrictInbounds
Hal Finkel5c83a092016-03-28 11:23:21 +0000683 // by writing out the code here where we have the underlying allocation
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +0000684 // size readily available.
685 APInt GEPOffset = Offset;
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000686 const DataLayout &DL = GEPI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +0000687 for (gep_type_iterator GTI = gep_type_begin(GEPI),
688 GTE = gep_type_end(GEPI);
689 GTI != GTE; ++GTI) {
690 ConstantInt *OpC = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(GTI.getOperand());
691 if (!OpC)
692 break;
693
694 // Handle a struct index, which adds its field offset to the pointer.
695 if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(*GTI)) {
696 unsigned ElementIdx = OpC->getZExtValue();
697 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
698 GEPOffset +=
699 APInt(Offset.getBitWidth(), SL->getElementOffset(ElementIdx));
700 } else {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000701 // For array or vector indices, scale the index by the size of the
702 // type.
Chandler Carruth3b79b2a2014-02-25 21:24:45 +0000703 APInt Index = OpC->getValue().sextOrTrunc(Offset.getBitWidth());
704 GEPOffset += Index * APInt(Offset.getBitWidth(),
705 DL.getTypeAllocSize(GTI.getIndexedType()));
706 }
707
708 // If this index has computed an intermediate pointer which is not
709 // inbounds, then the result of the GEP is a poison value and we can
710 // delete it and all uses.
711 if (GEPOffset.ugt(AllocSize))
712 return markAsDead(GEPI);
713 }
714 }
715
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000716 return Base::visitGetElementPtrInst(GEPI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000717 }
718
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000719 void handleLoadOrStore(Type *Ty, Instruction &I, const APInt &Offset,
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000720 uint64_t Size, bool IsVolatile) {
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +0000721 // We allow splitting of non-volatile loads and stores where the type is an
722 // integer type. These may be used to implement 'memcpy' or other "transfer
723 // of bits" patterns.
724 bool IsSplittable = Ty->isIntegerTy() && !IsVolatile;
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +0000725
726 insertUse(I, Offset, Size, IsSplittable);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000727 }
728
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000729 void visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +0000730 assert((!LI.isSimple() || LI.getType()->isSingleValueType()) &&
731 "All simple FCA loads should have been pre-split");
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000732
733 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
734 return PI.setAborted(&LI);
735
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000736 const DataLayout &DL = LI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000737 uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeStoreSize(LI.getType());
738 return handleLoadOrStore(LI.getType(), LI, Offset, Size, LI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000739 }
740
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000741 void visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) {
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +0000742 Value *ValOp = SI.getValueOperand();
743 if (ValOp == *U)
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000744 return PI.setEscapedAndAborted(&SI);
745 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
746 return PI.setAborted(&SI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000747
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000748 const DataLayout &DL = SI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000749 uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeStoreSize(ValOp->getType());
750
751 // If this memory access can be shown to *statically* extend outside the
752 // bounds of of the allocation, it's behavior is undefined, so simply
753 // ignore it. Note that this is more strict than the generic clamping
754 // behavior of insertUse. We also try to handle cases which might run the
755 // risk of overflow.
756 // FIXME: We should instead consider the pointer to have escaped if this
757 // function is being instrumented for addressing bugs or race conditions.
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000758 if (Size > AllocSize || Offset.ugt(AllocSize - Size)) {
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000759 DEBUG(dbgs() << "WARNING: Ignoring " << Size << " byte store @" << Offset
760 << " which extends past the end of the " << AllocSize
761 << " byte alloca:\n"
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000762 << " alloca: " << AS.AI << "\n"
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000763 << " use: " << SI << "\n");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000764 return markAsDead(SI);
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000765 }
766
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +0000767 assert((!SI.isSimple() || ValOp->getType()->isSingleValueType()) &&
768 "All simple FCA stores should have been pre-split");
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +0000769 handleLoadOrStore(ValOp->getType(), SI, Offset, Size, SI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000770 }
771
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000772 void visitMemSetInst(MemSetInst &II) {
Chandler Carruthb0de6dd2012-09-14 10:26:34 +0000773 assert(II.getRawDest() == *U && "Pointer use is not the destination?");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000774 ConstantInt *Length = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(II.getLength());
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000775 if ((Length && Length->getValue() == 0) ||
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000776 (IsOffsetKnown && Offset.uge(AllocSize)))
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000777 // Zero-length mem transfer intrinsics can be ignored entirely.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000778 return markAsDead(II);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000779
780 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
781 return PI.setAborted(&II);
782
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000783 insertUse(II, Offset, Length ? Length->getLimitedValue()
784 : AllocSize - Offset.getLimitedValue(),
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000785 (bool)Length);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000786 }
787
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000788 void visitMemTransferInst(MemTransferInst &II) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000789 ConstantInt *Length = dyn_cast<ConstantInt>(II.getLength());
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000790 if (Length && Length->getValue() == 0)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000791 // Zero-length mem transfer intrinsics can be ignored entirely.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000792 return markAsDead(II);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000793
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000794 // Because we can visit these intrinsics twice, also check to see if the
795 // first time marked this instruction as dead. If so, skip it.
796 if (VisitedDeadInsts.count(&II))
797 return;
798
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000799 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
800 return PI.setAborted(&II);
801
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000802 // This side of the transfer is completely out-of-bounds, and so we can
803 // nuke the entire transfer. However, we also need to nuke the other side
804 // if already added to our partitions.
805 // FIXME: Yet another place we really should bypass this when
806 // instrumenting for ASan.
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000807 if (Offset.uge(AllocSize)) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000808 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, unsigned>::iterator MTPI =
809 MemTransferSliceMap.find(&II);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000810 if (MTPI != MemTransferSliceMap.end())
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000811 AS.Slices[MTPI->second].kill();
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +0000812 return markAsDead(II);
813 }
814
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000815 uint64_t RawOffset = Offset.getLimitedValue();
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000816 uint64_t Size = Length ? Length->getLimitedValue() : AllocSize - RawOffset;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000817
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000818 // Check for the special case where the same exact value is used for both
819 // source and dest.
820 if (*U == II.getRawDest() && *U == II.getRawSource()) {
821 // For non-volatile transfers this is a no-op.
822 if (!II.isVolatile())
823 return markAsDead(II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000824
Nick Lewycky6ab9d932013-07-22 23:38:27 +0000825 return insertUse(II, Offset, Size, /*IsSplittable=*/false);
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +0000826 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000827
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000828 // If we have seen both source and destination for a mem transfer, then
829 // they both point to the same alloca.
830 bool Inserted;
831 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, unsigned>::iterator MTPI;
Benjamin Kramerd6f1f842014-03-02 13:30:33 +0000832 std::tie(MTPI, Inserted) =
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000833 MemTransferSliceMap.insert(std::make_pair(&II, AS.Slices.size()));
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000834 unsigned PrevIdx = MTPI->second;
835 if (!Inserted) {
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000836 Slice &PrevP = AS.Slices[PrevIdx];
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000837
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +0000838 // Check if the begin offsets match and this is a non-volatile transfer.
839 // In that case, we can completely elide the transfer.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000840 if (!II.isVolatile() && PrevP.beginOffset() == RawOffset) {
841 PrevP.kill();
842 return markAsDead(II);
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +0000843 }
844
845 // Otherwise we have an offset transfer within the same alloca. We can't
846 // split those.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000847 PrevP.makeUnsplittable();
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +0000848 }
849
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000850 // Insert the use now that we've fixed up the splittable nature.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000851 insertUse(II, Offset, Size, /*IsSplittable=*/Inserted && Length);
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +0000852
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000853 // Check that we ended up with a valid index in the map.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000854 assert(AS.Slices[PrevIdx].getUse()->getUser() == &II &&
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000855 "Map index doesn't point back to a slice with this user.");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000856 }
857
858 // Disable SRoA for any intrinsics except for lifetime invariants.
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +0000859 // FIXME: What about debug intrinsics? This matches old behavior, but
Chandler Carruth4b40e002012-09-14 10:26:36 +0000860 // doesn't make sense.
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000861 void visitIntrinsicInst(IntrinsicInst &II) {
862 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
863 return PI.setAborted(&II);
864
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000865 if (II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_start ||
866 II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_end) {
867 ConstantInt *Length = cast<ConstantInt>(II.getArgOperand(0));
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000868 uint64_t Size = std::min(AllocSize - Offset.getLimitedValue(),
869 Length->getLimitedValue());
Chandler Carruth97121172012-09-16 19:39:50 +0000870 insertUse(II, Offset, Size, true);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000871 return;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000872 }
873
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000874 Base::visitIntrinsicInst(II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000875 }
876
877 Instruction *hasUnsafePHIOrSelectUse(Instruction *Root, uint64_t &Size) {
878 // We consider any PHI or select that results in a direct load or store of
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000879 // the same offset to be a viable use for slicing purposes. These uses
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000880 // are considered unsplittable and the size is the maximum loaded or stored
881 // size.
882 SmallPtrSet<Instruction *, 4> Visited;
883 SmallVector<std::pair<Instruction *, Instruction *>, 4> Uses;
884 Visited.insert(Root);
885 Uses.push_back(std::make_pair(cast<Instruction>(*U), Root));
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +0000886 const DataLayout &DL = Root->getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruth8b907e82012-09-25 10:03:40 +0000887 // If there are no loads or stores, the access is dead. We mark that as
888 // a size zero access.
889 Size = 0;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000890 do {
891 Instruction *I, *UsedI;
Benjamin Kramerd6f1f842014-03-02 13:30:33 +0000892 std::tie(UsedI, I) = Uses.pop_back_val();
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000893
894 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000895 Size = std::max(Size, DL.getTypeStoreSize(LI->getType()));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000896 continue;
897 }
898 if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
899 Value *Op = SI->getOperand(0);
900 if (Op == UsedI)
901 return SI;
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000902 Size = std::max(Size, DL.getTypeStoreSize(Op->getType()));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000903 continue;
904 }
905
906 if (GetElementPtrInst *GEP = dyn_cast<GetElementPtrInst>(I)) {
907 if (!GEP->hasAllZeroIndices())
908 return GEP;
909 } else if (!isa<BitCastInst>(I) && !isa<PHINode>(I) &&
910 !isa<SelectInst>(I)) {
911 return I;
912 }
913
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000914 for (User *U : I->users())
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +0000915 if (Visited.insert(cast<Instruction>(U)).second)
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +0000916 Uses.push_back(std::make_pair(I, cast<Instruction>(U)));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000917 } while (!Uses.empty());
918
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000919 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000920 }
921
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000922 void visitPHINodeOrSelectInst(Instruction &I) {
923 assert(isa<PHINode>(I) || isa<SelectInst>(I));
924 if (I.use_empty())
925 return markAsDead(I);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000926
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000927 // TODO: We could use SimplifyInstruction here to fold PHINodes and
928 // SelectInsts. However, doing so requires to change the current
929 // dead-operand-tracking mechanism. For instance, suppose neither loading
930 // from %U nor %other traps. Then "load (select undef, %U, %other)" does not
931 // trap either. However, if we simply replace %U with undef using the
932 // current dead-operand-tracking mechanism, "load (select undef, undef,
933 // %other)" may trap because the select may return the first operand
934 // "undef".
935 if (Value *Result = foldPHINodeOrSelectInst(I)) {
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000936 if (Result == *U)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000937 // If the result of the constant fold will be the pointer, recurse
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000938 // through the PHI/select as if we had RAUW'ed it.
939 enqueueUsers(I);
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000940 else
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000941 // Otherwise the operand to the PHI/select is dead, and we can replace
942 // it with undef.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000943 AS.DeadOperands.push_back(U);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000944
945 return;
946 }
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000947
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000948 if (!IsOffsetKnown)
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000949 return PI.setAborted(&I);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000950
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000951 // See if we already have computed info on this node.
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000952 uint64_t &Size = PHIOrSelectSizes[&I];
953 if (!Size) {
954 // This is a new PHI/Select, check for an unsafe use of it.
955 if (Instruction *UnsafeI = hasUnsafePHIOrSelectUse(&I, Size))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000956 return PI.setAborted(UnsafeI);
957 }
958
959 // For PHI and select operands outside the alloca, we can't nuke the entire
960 // phi or select -- the other side might still be relevant, so we special
961 // case them here and use a separate structure to track the operands
962 // themselves which should be replaced with undef.
963 // FIXME: This should instead be escaped in the event we're instrumenting
964 // for address sanitization.
Chandler Carruth6aedc102014-02-26 03:14:14 +0000965 if (Offset.uge(AllocSize)) {
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +0000966 AS.DeadOperands.push_back(U);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000967 return;
968 }
969
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000970 insertUse(I, Offset, Size);
971 }
972
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000973 void visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) { visitPHINodeOrSelectInst(PN); }
Jingyue Wuec33fa92014-08-22 22:45:57 +0000974
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000975 void visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) { visitPHINodeOrSelectInst(SI); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000976
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +0000977 /// \brief Disable SROA entirely if there are unhandled users of the alloca.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +0000978 void visitInstruction(Instruction &I) { PI.setAborted(&I); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000979};
980
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000981AllocaSlices::AllocaSlices(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaInst &AI)
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000982 :
983#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
984 AI(AI),
985#endif
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +0000986 PointerEscapingInstr(nullptr) {
Nick Lewyckyc7776f72013-08-13 22:51:58 +0000987 SliceBuilder PB(DL, AI, *this);
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000988 SliceBuilder::PtrInfo PtrI = PB.visitPtr(AI);
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000989 if (PtrI.isEscaped() || PtrI.isAborted()) {
990 // FIXME: We should sink the escape vs. abort info into the caller nicely,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +0000991 // possibly by just storing the PtrInfo in the AllocaSlices.
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000992 PointerEscapingInstr = PtrI.getEscapingInst() ? PtrI.getEscapingInst()
993 : PtrI.getAbortingInst();
994 assert(PointerEscapingInstr && "Did not track a bad instruction");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000995 return;
Chandler Carruthe41e7b72012-12-10 08:28:39 +0000996 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +0000997
Benjamin Kramer08e50702013-07-20 08:38:34 +0000998 Slices.erase(std::remove_if(Slices.begin(), Slices.end(),
Chandler Carruth68ea4152014-12-18 05:19:47 +0000999 [](const Slice &S) {
1000 return S.isDead();
1001 }),
Benjamin Kramer08e50702013-07-20 08:38:34 +00001002 Slices.end());
1003
Hal Finkel29f51312016-03-28 11:13:03 +00001004#ifndef NDEBUG
Chandler Carruth83cee772014-02-25 03:59:29 +00001005 if (SROARandomShuffleSlices) {
1006 std::mt19937 MT(static_cast<unsigned>(sys::TimeValue::now().msec()));
1007 std::shuffle(Slices.begin(), Slices.end(), MT);
1008 }
1009#endif
1010
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +00001011 // Sort the uses. This arranges for the offsets to be in ascending order,
1012 // and the sizes to be in descending order.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001013 std::sort(Slices.begin(), Slices.end());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001014}
1015
Chandler Carruth25fb23d2012-09-14 10:18:51 +00001016#if !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
1017
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001018void AllocaSlices::print(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
1019 StringRef Indent) const {
1020 printSlice(OS, I, Indent);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00001021 OS << "\n";
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001022 printUse(OS, I, Indent);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001023}
1024
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001025void AllocaSlices::printSlice(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
1026 StringRef Indent) const {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001027 OS << Indent << "[" << I->beginOffset() << "," << I->endOffset() << ")"
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001028 << " slice #" << (I - begin())
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00001029 << (I->isSplittable() ? " (splittable)" : "");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001030}
1031
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001032void AllocaSlices::printUse(raw_ostream &OS, const_iterator I,
1033 StringRef Indent) const {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001034 OS << Indent << " used by: " << *I->getUse()->getUser() << "\n";
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001035}
1036
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001037void AllocaSlices::print(raw_ostream &OS) const {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001038 if (PointerEscapingInstr) {
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001039 OS << "Can't analyze slices for alloca: " << AI << "\n"
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001040 << " A pointer to this alloca escaped by:\n"
1041 << " " << *PointerEscapingInstr << "\n";
1042 return;
1043 }
1044
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001045 OS << "Slices of alloca: " << AI << "\n";
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001046 for (const_iterator I = begin(), E = end(); I != E; ++I)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001047 print(OS, I);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001048}
1049
Alp Tokerf929e092014-01-04 22:47:48 +00001050LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void AllocaSlices::dump(const_iterator I) const {
1051 print(dbgs(), I);
1052}
1053LLVM_DUMP_METHOD void AllocaSlices::dump() const { print(dbgs()); }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001054
Chandler Carruth25fb23d2012-09-14 10:18:51 +00001055#endif // !defined(NDEBUG) || defined(LLVM_ENABLE_DUMP)
1056
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001057/// Walk the range of a partitioning looking for a common type to cover this
1058/// sequence of slices.
1059static Type *findCommonType(AllocaSlices::const_iterator B,
1060 AllocaSlices::const_iterator E,
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001061 uint64_t EndOffset) {
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001062 Type *Ty = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001063 bool TyIsCommon = true;
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001064 IntegerType *ITy = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001065
1066 // Note that we need to look at *every* alloca slice's Use to ensure we
1067 // always get consistent results regardless of the order of slices.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001068 for (AllocaSlices::const_iterator I = B; I != E; ++I) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001069 Use *U = I->getUse();
1070 if (isa<IntrinsicInst>(*U->getUser()))
1071 continue;
1072 if (I->beginOffset() != B->beginOffset() || I->endOffset() != EndOffset)
1073 continue;
Chandler Carruth90c4a3a2012-10-05 01:29:06 +00001074
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001075 Type *UserTy = nullptr;
Chandler Carrutha1262002013-11-19 09:03:18 +00001076 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U->getUser())) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001077 UserTy = LI->getType();
Chandler Carrutha1262002013-11-19 09:03:18 +00001078 } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(U->getUser())) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001079 UserTy = SI->getValueOperand()->getType();
Chandler Carrutha1262002013-11-19 09:03:18 +00001080 }
Chandler Carruth90c4a3a2012-10-05 01:29:06 +00001081
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001082 if (IntegerType *UserITy = dyn_cast_or_null<IntegerType>(UserTy)) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001083 // If the type is larger than the partition, skip it. We only encounter
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001084 // this for split integer operations where we want to use the type of the
Chandler Carrutha1262002013-11-19 09:03:18 +00001085 // entity causing the split. Also skip if the type is not a byte width
1086 // multiple.
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001087 if (UserITy->getBitWidth() % 8 != 0 ||
1088 UserITy->getBitWidth() / 8 > (EndOffset - B->beginOffset()))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001089 continue;
Chandler Carruth90c4a3a2012-10-05 01:29:06 +00001090
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001091 // Track the largest bitwidth integer type used in this way in case there
1092 // is no common type.
1093 if (!ITy || ITy->getBitWidth() < UserITy->getBitWidth())
1094 ITy = UserITy;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001095 }
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith73686d32014-06-17 00:19:35 +00001096
1097 // To avoid depending on the order of slices, Ty and TyIsCommon must not
1098 // depend on types skipped above.
1099 if (!UserTy || (Ty && Ty != UserTy))
1100 TyIsCommon = false; // Give up on anything but an iN type.
1101 else
1102 Ty = UserTy;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001103 }
Chandler Carruth4de31542014-01-21 23:16:05 +00001104
1105 return TyIsCommon ? Ty : ITy;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001106}
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001107
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001108/// PHI instructions that use an alloca and are subsequently loaded can be
1109/// rewritten to load both input pointers in the pred blocks and then PHI the
1110/// results, allowing the load of the alloca to be promoted.
1111/// From this:
1112/// %P2 = phi [i32* %Alloca, i32* %Other]
1113/// %V = load i32* %P2
1114/// to:
1115/// %V1 = load i32* %Alloca -> will be mem2reg'd
1116/// ...
1117/// %V2 = load i32* %Other
1118/// ...
1119/// %V = phi [i32 %V1, i32 %V2]
1120///
1121/// We can do this to a select if its only uses are loads and if the operands
1122/// to the select can be loaded unconditionally.
1123///
1124/// FIXME: This should be hoisted into a generic utility, likely in
1125/// Transforms/Util/Local.h
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00001126static bool isSafePHIToSpeculate(PHINode &PN) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001127 // For now, we can only do this promotion if the load is in the same block
1128 // as the PHI, and if there are no stores between the phi and load.
1129 // TODO: Allow recursive phi users.
1130 // TODO: Allow stores.
1131 BasicBlock *BB = PN.getParent();
1132 unsigned MaxAlign = 0;
1133 bool HaveLoad = false;
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001134 for (User *U : PN.users()) {
1135 LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U);
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001136 if (!LI || !LI->isSimple())
Chandler Carruthe74ff4c2013-07-15 10:30:19 +00001137 return false;
Chandler Carruthe74ff4c2013-07-15 10:30:19 +00001138
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001139 // For now we only allow loads in the same block as the PHI. This is
1140 // a common case that happens when instcombine merges two loads through
1141 // a PHI.
1142 if (LI->getParent() != BB)
1143 return false;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001144
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001145 // Ensure that there are no instructions between the PHI and the load that
1146 // could store.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithbe4d8cb2015-10-13 19:26:58 +00001147 for (BasicBlock::iterator BBI(PN); &*BBI != LI; ++BBI)
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001148 if (BBI->mayWriteToMemory())
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001149 return false;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001150
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001151 MaxAlign = std::max(MaxAlign, LI->getAlignment());
1152 HaveLoad = true;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001153 }
1154
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001155 if (!HaveLoad)
1156 return false;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001157
Artur Pilipenko9bb6bea2016-04-27 11:00:48 +00001158 const DataLayout &DL = PN.getModule()->getDataLayout();
1159
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001160 // We can only transform this if it is safe to push the loads into the
1161 // predecessor blocks. The only thing to watch out for is that we can't put
1162 // a possibly trapping load in the predecessor if it is a critical edge.
1163 for (unsigned Idx = 0, Num = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); Idx != Num; ++Idx) {
1164 TerminatorInst *TI = PN.getIncomingBlock(Idx)->getTerminator();
1165 Value *InVal = PN.getIncomingValue(Idx);
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001166
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001167 // If the value is produced by the terminator of the predecessor (an
1168 // invoke) or it has side-effects, there is no valid place to put a load
1169 // in the predecessor.
1170 if (TI == InVal || TI->mayHaveSideEffects())
1171 return false;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001172
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001173 // If the predecessor has a single successor, then the edge isn't
1174 // critical.
1175 if (TI->getNumSuccessors() == 1)
1176 continue;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001177
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001178 // If this pointer is always safe to load, or if we can prove that there
1179 // is already a load in the block, then we can move the load to the pred
1180 // block.
Artur Pilipenko9bb6bea2016-04-27 11:00:48 +00001181 if (isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(InVal, MaxAlign, DL, TI))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001182 continue;
1183
1184 return false;
1185 }
1186
1187 return true;
1188}
1189
1190static void speculatePHINodeLoads(PHINode &PN) {
1191 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << PN << "\n");
1192
1193 Type *LoadTy = cast<PointerType>(PN.getType())->getElementType();
1194 IRBuilderTy PHIBuilder(&PN);
1195 PHINode *NewPN = PHIBuilder.CreatePHI(LoadTy, PN.getNumIncomingValues(),
1196 PN.getName() + ".sroa.speculated");
1197
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001198 // Get the AA tags and alignment to use from one of the loads. It doesn't
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001199 // matter which one we get and if any differ.
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001200 LoadInst *SomeLoad = cast<LoadInst>(PN.user_back());
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001201
1202 AAMDNodes AATags;
1203 SomeLoad->getAAMetadata(AATags);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001204 unsigned Align = SomeLoad->getAlignment();
1205
1206 // Rewrite all loads of the PN to use the new PHI.
1207 while (!PN.use_empty()) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001208 LoadInst *LI = cast<LoadInst>(PN.user_back());
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001209 LI->replaceAllUsesWith(NewPN);
1210 LI->eraseFromParent();
1211 }
1212
1213 // Inject loads into all of the pred blocks.
1214 for (unsigned Idx = 0, Num = PN.getNumIncomingValues(); Idx != Num; ++Idx) {
1215 BasicBlock *Pred = PN.getIncomingBlock(Idx);
1216 TerminatorInst *TI = Pred->getTerminator();
1217 Value *InVal = PN.getIncomingValue(Idx);
1218 IRBuilderTy PredBuilder(TI);
1219
1220 LoadInst *Load = PredBuilder.CreateLoad(
1221 InVal, (PN.getName() + ".sroa.speculate.load." + Pred->getName()));
1222 ++NumLoadsSpeculated;
1223 Load->setAlignment(Align);
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001224 if (AATags)
1225 Load->setAAMetadata(AATags);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001226 NewPN->addIncoming(Load, Pred);
1227 }
1228
1229 DEBUG(dbgs() << " speculated to: " << *NewPN << "\n");
1230 PN.eraseFromParent();
1231}
1232
1233/// Select instructions that use an alloca and are subsequently loaded can be
1234/// rewritten to load both input pointers and then select between the result,
1235/// allowing the load of the alloca to be promoted.
1236/// From this:
1237/// %P2 = select i1 %cond, i32* %Alloca, i32* %Other
1238/// %V = load i32* %P2
1239/// to:
1240/// %V1 = load i32* %Alloca -> will be mem2reg'd
1241/// %V2 = load i32* %Other
1242/// %V = select i1 %cond, i32 %V1, i32 %V2
1243///
1244/// We can do this to a select if its only uses are loads and if the operand
1245/// to the select can be loaded unconditionally.
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00001246static bool isSafeSelectToSpeculate(SelectInst &SI) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001247 Value *TValue = SI.getTrueValue();
1248 Value *FValue = SI.getFalseValue();
Artur Pilipenko9bb6bea2016-04-27 11:00:48 +00001249 const DataLayout &DL = SI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001250
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001251 for (User *U : SI.users()) {
1252 LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U);
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001253 if (!LI || !LI->isSimple())
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001254 return false;
1255
1256 // Both operands to the select need to be dereferencable, either
1257 // absolutely (e.g. allocas) or at this point because we can see other
1258 // accesses to it.
Artur Pilipenko9bb6bea2016-04-27 11:00:48 +00001259 if (!isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(TValue, LI->getAlignment(), DL, LI))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001260 return false;
Artur Pilipenko9bb6bea2016-04-27 11:00:48 +00001261 if (!isSafeToLoadUnconditionally(FValue, LI->getAlignment(), DL, LI))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001262 return false;
1263 }
1264
1265 return true;
1266}
1267
1268static void speculateSelectInstLoads(SelectInst &SI) {
1269 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << SI << "\n");
1270
1271 IRBuilderTy IRB(&SI);
1272 Value *TV = SI.getTrueValue();
1273 Value *FV = SI.getFalseValue();
1274 // Replace the loads of the select with a select of two loads.
1275 while (!SI.use_empty()) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00001276 LoadInst *LI = cast<LoadInst>(SI.user_back());
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001277 assert(LI->isSimple() && "We only speculate simple loads");
1278
1279 IRB.SetInsertPoint(LI);
1280 LoadInst *TL =
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001281 IRB.CreateLoad(TV, LI->getName() + ".sroa.speculate.load.true");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001282 LoadInst *FL =
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001283 IRB.CreateLoad(FV, LI->getName() + ".sroa.speculate.load.false");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001284 NumLoadsSpeculated += 2;
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001285
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001286 // Transfer alignment and AA info if present.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001287 TL->setAlignment(LI->getAlignment());
1288 FL->setAlignment(LI->getAlignment());
Hal Finkelcc39b672014-07-24 12:16:19 +00001289
1290 AAMDNodes Tags;
1291 LI->getAAMetadata(Tags);
1292 if (Tags) {
1293 TL->setAAMetadata(Tags);
1294 FL->setAAMetadata(Tags);
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001295 }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001296
1297 Value *V = IRB.CreateSelect(SI.getCondition(), TL, FL,
1298 LI->getName() + ".sroa.speculated");
1299
1300 DEBUG(dbgs() << " speculated to: " << *V << "\n");
1301 LI->replaceAllUsesWith(V);
1302 LI->eraseFromParent();
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001303 }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001304 SI.eraseFromParent();
Chandler Carruth90c4a3a2012-10-05 01:29:06 +00001305}
1306
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001307/// \brief Build a GEP out of a base pointer and indices.
1308///
1309/// This will return the BasePtr if that is valid, or build a new GEP
1310/// instruction using the IRBuilder if GEP-ing is needed.
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00001311static Value *buildGEP(IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *BasePtr,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001312 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Indices, Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001313 if (Indices.empty())
1314 return BasePtr;
1315
1316 // A single zero index is a no-op, so check for this and avoid building a GEP
1317 // in that case.
1318 if (Indices.size() == 1 && cast<ConstantInt>(Indices.back())->isZero())
1319 return BasePtr;
1320
David Blaikieaa41cd52015-04-03 21:33:42 +00001321 return IRB.CreateInBoundsGEP(nullptr, BasePtr, Indices,
1322 NamePrefix + "sroa_idx");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001323}
1324
1325/// \brief Get a natural GEP off of the BasePtr walking through Ty toward
1326/// TargetTy without changing the offset of the pointer.
1327///
1328/// This routine assumes we've already established a properly offset GEP with
1329/// Indices, and arrived at the Ty type. The goal is to continue to GEP with
1330/// zero-indices down through type layers until we find one the same as
1331/// TargetTy. If we can't find one with the same type, we at least try to use
1332/// one with the same size. If none of that works, we just produce the GEP as
1333/// indicated by Indices to have the correct offset.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001334static Value *getNaturalGEPWithType(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL,
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001335 Value *BasePtr, Type *Ty, Type *TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001336 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Indices,
1337 Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001338 if (Ty == TargetTy)
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001339 return buildGEP(IRB, BasePtr, Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001340
Chandler Carruthdfb2efd2014-02-26 10:08:16 +00001341 // Pointer size to use for the indices.
1342 unsigned PtrSize = DL.getPointerTypeSizeInBits(BasePtr->getType());
1343
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001344 // See if we can descend into a struct and locate a field with the correct
1345 // type.
1346 unsigned NumLayers = 0;
1347 Type *ElementTy = Ty;
1348 do {
1349 if (ElementTy->isPointerTy())
1350 break;
Chandler Carruthdfb2efd2014-02-26 10:08:16 +00001351
1352 if (ArrayType *ArrayTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(ElementTy)) {
1353 ElementTy = ArrayTy->getElementType();
1354 Indices.push_back(IRB.getIntN(PtrSize, 0));
1355 } else if (VectorType *VectorTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(ElementTy)) {
1356 ElementTy = VectorTy->getElementType();
1357 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(0));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001358 } else if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(ElementTy)) {
Chandler Carruth503eb2b2012-10-09 01:58:35 +00001359 if (STy->element_begin() == STy->element_end())
1360 break; // Nothing left to descend into.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001361 ElementTy = *STy->element_begin();
1362 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(0));
1363 } else {
1364 break;
1365 }
1366 ++NumLayers;
1367 } while (ElementTy != TargetTy);
1368 if (ElementTy != TargetTy)
1369 Indices.erase(Indices.end() - NumLayers, Indices.end());
1370
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001371 return buildGEP(IRB, BasePtr, Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001372}
1373
1374/// \brief Recursively compute indices for a natural GEP.
1375///
1376/// This is the recursive step for getNaturalGEPWithOffset that walks down the
1377/// element types adding appropriate indices for the GEP.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001378static Value *getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL,
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001379 Value *Ptr, Type *Ty, APInt &Offset,
1380 Type *TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001381 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Indices,
1382 Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001383 if (Offset == 0)
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001384 return getNaturalGEPWithType(IRB, DL, Ptr, Ty, TargetTy, Indices,
1385 NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001386
1387 // We can't recurse through pointer types.
1388 if (Ty->isPointerTy())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001389 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001390
Chandler Carruthdd3cea82012-09-14 10:30:40 +00001391 // We try to analyze GEPs over vectors here, but note that these GEPs are
1392 // extremely poorly defined currently. The long-term goal is to remove GEPing
1393 // over a vector from the IR completely.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001394 if (VectorType *VecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001395 unsigned ElementSizeInBits = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(VecTy->getScalarType());
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001396 if (ElementSizeInBits % 8 != 0) {
1397 // GEPs over non-multiple of 8 size vector elements are invalid.
1398 return nullptr;
1399 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001400 APInt ElementSize(Offset.getBitWidth(), ElementSizeInBits / 8);
Chandler Carruth6fab42a2012-10-17 09:23:48 +00001401 APInt NumSkippedElements = Offset.sdiv(ElementSize);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001402 if (NumSkippedElements.ugt(VecTy->getNumElements()))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001403 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001404 Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize;
1405 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt(NumSkippedElements));
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001406 return getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRB, DL, Ptr, VecTy->getElementType(),
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001407 Offset, TargetTy, Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001408 }
1409
1410 if (ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
1411 Type *ElementTy = ArrTy->getElementType();
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001412 APInt ElementSize(Offset.getBitWidth(), DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy));
Chandler Carruth6fab42a2012-10-17 09:23:48 +00001413 APInt NumSkippedElements = Offset.sdiv(ElementSize);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001414 if (NumSkippedElements.ugt(ArrTy->getNumElements()))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001415 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001416
1417 Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize;
1418 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt(NumSkippedElements));
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001419 return getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRB, DL, Ptr, ElementTy, Offset, TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001420 Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001421 }
1422
1423 StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty);
1424 if (!STy)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001425 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001426
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001427 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001428 uint64_t StructOffset = Offset.getZExtValue();
Chandler Carruthcabd96c2012-09-14 10:30:42 +00001429 if (StructOffset >= SL->getSizeInBytes())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001430 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001431 unsigned Index = SL->getElementContainingOffset(StructOffset);
1432 Offset -= APInt(Offset.getBitWidth(), SL->getElementOffset(Index));
1433 Type *ElementTy = STy->getElementType(Index);
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001434 if (Offset.uge(DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy)))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001435 return nullptr; // The offset points into alignment padding.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001436
1437 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(Index));
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001438 return getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRB, DL, Ptr, ElementTy, Offset, TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001439 Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001440}
1441
1442/// \brief Get a natural GEP from a base pointer to a particular offset and
1443/// resulting in a particular type.
1444///
1445/// The goal is to produce a "natural" looking GEP that works with the existing
1446/// composite types to arrive at the appropriate offset and element type for
1447/// a pointer. TargetTy is the element type the returned GEP should point-to if
1448/// possible. We recurse by decreasing Offset, adding the appropriate index to
1449/// Indices, and setting Ty to the result subtype.
1450///
Chandler Carruth93a21e72012-09-14 10:18:49 +00001451/// If no natural GEP can be constructed, this function returns null.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001452static Value *getNaturalGEPWithOffset(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL,
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001453 Value *Ptr, APInt Offset, Type *TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001454 SmallVectorImpl<Value *> &Indices,
1455 Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001456 PointerType *Ty = cast<PointerType>(Ptr->getType());
1457
1458 // Don't consider any GEPs through an i8* as natural unless the TargetTy is
1459 // an i8.
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00001460 if (Ty == IRB.getInt8PtrTy(Ty->getAddressSpace()) && TargetTy->isIntegerTy(8))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001461 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001462
1463 Type *ElementTy = Ty->getElementType();
Chandler Carruth3f882d42012-09-18 22:37:19 +00001464 if (!ElementTy->isSized())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001465 return nullptr; // We can't GEP through an unsized element.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001466 APInt ElementSize(Offset.getBitWidth(), DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001467 if (ElementSize == 0)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001468 return nullptr; // Zero-length arrays can't help us build a natural GEP.
Chandler Carruth6fab42a2012-10-17 09:23:48 +00001469 APInt NumSkippedElements = Offset.sdiv(ElementSize);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001470
1471 Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize;
1472 Indices.push_back(IRB.getInt(NumSkippedElements));
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001473 return getNaturalGEPRecursively(IRB, DL, Ptr, ElementTy, Offset, TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001474 Indices, NamePrefix);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001475}
1476
1477/// \brief Compute an adjusted pointer from Ptr by Offset bytes where the
1478/// resulting pointer has PointerTy.
1479///
1480/// This tries very hard to compute a "natural" GEP which arrives at the offset
1481/// and produces the pointer type desired. Where it cannot, it will try to use
1482/// the natural GEP to arrive at the offset and bitcast to the type. Where that
1483/// fails, it will try to use an existing i8* and GEP to the byte offset and
1484/// bitcast to the type.
1485///
1486/// The strategy for finding the more natural GEPs is to peel off layers of the
1487/// pointer, walking back through bit casts and GEPs, searching for a base
1488/// pointer from which we can compute a natural GEP with the desired
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00001489/// properties. The algorithm tries to fold as many constant indices into
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001490/// a single GEP as possible, thus making each GEP more independent of the
1491/// surrounding code.
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001492static Value *getAdjustedPtr(IRBuilderTy &IRB, const DataLayout &DL, Value *Ptr,
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001493 APInt Offset, Type *PointerTy, Twine NamePrefix) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001494 // Even though we don't look through PHI nodes, we could be called on an
1495 // instruction in an unreachable block, which may be on a cycle.
1496 SmallPtrSet<Value *, 4> Visited;
1497 Visited.insert(Ptr);
1498 SmallVector<Value *, 4> Indices;
1499
1500 // We may end up computing an offset pointer that has the wrong type. If we
1501 // never are able to compute one directly that has the correct type, we'll
Chandler Carruth5986b542015-01-02 02:47:38 +00001502 // fall back to it, so keep it and the base it was computed from around here.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001503 Value *OffsetPtr = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth5986b542015-01-02 02:47:38 +00001504 Value *OffsetBasePtr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001505
1506 // Remember any i8 pointer we come across to re-use if we need to do a raw
1507 // byte offset.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00001508 Value *Int8Ptr = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001509 APInt Int8PtrOffset(Offset.getBitWidth(), 0);
1510
1511 Type *TargetTy = PointerTy->getPointerElementType();
1512
1513 do {
1514 // First fold any existing GEPs into the offset.
1515 while (GEPOperator *GEP = dyn_cast<GEPOperator>(Ptr)) {
1516 APInt GEPOffset(Offset.getBitWidth(), 0);
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001517 if (!GEP->accumulateConstantOffset(DL, GEPOffset))
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001518 break;
1519 Offset += GEPOffset;
1520 Ptr = GEP->getPointerOperand();
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00001521 if (!Visited.insert(Ptr).second)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001522 break;
1523 }
1524
1525 // See if we can perform a natural GEP here.
1526 Indices.clear();
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001527 if (Value *P = getNaturalGEPWithOffset(IRB, DL, Ptr, Offset, TargetTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001528 Indices, NamePrefix)) {
Chandler Carruth5986b542015-01-02 02:47:38 +00001529 // If we have a new natural pointer at the offset, clear out any old
1530 // offset pointer we computed. Unless it is the base pointer or
1531 // a non-instruction, we built a GEP we don't need. Zap it.
1532 if (OffsetPtr && OffsetPtr != OffsetBasePtr)
1533 if (Instruction *I = dyn_cast<Instruction>(OffsetPtr)) {
1534 assert(I->use_empty() && "Built a GEP with uses some how!");
1535 I->eraseFromParent();
1536 }
1537 OffsetPtr = P;
1538 OffsetBasePtr = Ptr;
1539 // If we also found a pointer of the right type, we're done.
1540 if (P->getType() == PointerTy)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001541 return P;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001542 }
1543
1544 // Stash this pointer if we've found an i8*.
1545 if (Ptr->getType()->isIntegerTy(8)) {
1546 Int8Ptr = Ptr;
1547 Int8PtrOffset = Offset;
1548 }
1549
1550 // Peel off a layer of the pointer and update the offset appropriately.
1551 if (Operator::getOpcode(Ptr) == Instruction::BitCast) {
1552 Ptr = cast<Operator>(Ptr)->getOperand(0);
1553 } else if (GlobalAlias *GA = dyn_cast<GlobalAlias>(Ptr)) {
Sanjoy Das5ce32722016-04-08 00:48:30 +00001554 if (GA->isInterposable())
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001555 break;
1556 Ptr = GA->getAliasee();
1557 } else {
1558 break;
1559 }
1560 assert(Ptr->getType()->isPointerTy() && "Unexpected operand type!");
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00001561 } while (Visited.insert(Ptr).second);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001562
1563 if (!OffsetPtr) {
1564 if (!Int8Ptr) {
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00001565 Int8Ptr = IRB.CreateBitCast(
1566 Ptr, IRB.getInt8PtrTy(PointerTy->getPointerAddressSpace()),
1567 NamePrefix + "sroa_raw_cast");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001568 Int8PtrOffset = Offset;
1569 }
1570
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001571 OffsetPtr = Int8PtrOffset == 0
1572 ? Int8Ptr
David Blaikieaa41cd52015-04-03 21:33:42 +00001573 : IRB.CreateInBoundsGEP(IRB.getInt8Ty(), Int8Ptr,
1574 IRB.getInt(Int8PtrOffset),
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00001575 NamePrefix + "sroa_raw_idx");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001576 }
1577 Ptr = OffsetPtr;
1578
1579 // On the off chance we were targeting i8*, guard the bitcast here.
1580 if (Ptr->getType() != PointerTy)
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00001581 Ptr = IRB.CreateBitCast(Ptr, PointerTy, NamePrefix + "sroa_cast");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001582
1583 return Ptr;
1584}
1585
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00001586/// \brief Compute the adjusted alignment for a load or store from an offset.
1587static unsigned getAdjustedAlignment(Instruction *I, uint64_t Offset,
1588 const DataLayout &DL) {
1589 unsigned Alignment;
1590 Type *Ty;
1591 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
1592 Alignment = LI->getAlignment();
1593 Ty = LI->getType();
1594 } else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
1595 Alignment = SI->getAlignment();
1596 Ty = SI->getValueOperand()->getType();
1597 } else {
1598 llvm_unreachable("Only loads and stores are allowed!");
1599 }
1600
1601 if (!Alignment)
1602 Alignment = DL.getABITypeAlignment(Ty);
1603
1604 return MinAlign(Alignment, Offset);
1605}
1606
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001607/// \brief Test whether we can convert a value from the old to the new type.
1608///
1609/// This predicate should be used to guard calls to convertValue in order to
1610/// ensure that we only try to convert viable values. The strategy is that we
1611/// will peel off single element struct and array wrappings to get to an
1612/// underlying value, and convert that value.
1613static bool canConvertValue(const DataLayout &DL, Type *OldTy, Type *NewTy) {
1614 if (OldTy == NewTy)
1615 return true;
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00001616
1617 // For integer types, we can't handle any bit-width differences. This would
1618 // break both vector conversions with extension and introduce endianness
1619 // issues when in conjunction with loads and stores.
1620 if (isa<IntegerType>(OldTy) && isa<IntegerType>(NewTy)) {
1621 assert(cast<IntegerType>(OldTy)->getBitWidth() !=
1622 cast<IntegerType>(NewTy)->getBitWidth() &&
1623 "We can't have the same bitwidth for different int types");
1624 return false;
1625 }
1626
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001627 if (DL.getTypeSizeInBits(NewTy) != DL.getTypeSizeInBits(OldTy))
1628 return false;
1629 if (!NewTy->isSingleValueType() || !OldTy->isSingleValueType())
1630 return false;
1631
Benjamin Kramer56262592013-09-22 11:24:58 +00001632 // We can convert pointers to integers and vice-versa. Same for vectors
Benjamin Kramer90901a32013-09-21 20:36:04 +00001633 // of pointers and integers.
1634 OldTy = OldTy->getScalarType();
1635 NewTy = NewTy->getScalarType();
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001636 if (NewTy->isPointerTy() || OldTy->isPointerTy()) {
Jack Liuf101c0f2016-05-03 19:30:48 +00001637 if (NewTy->isPointerTy() && OldTy->isPointerTy()) {
1638 return cast<PointerType>(NewTy)->getPointerAddressSpace() ==
1639 cast<PointerType>(OldTy)->getPointerAddressSpace();
1640 }
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001641 if (NewTy->isIntegerTy() || OldTy->isIntegerTy())
1642 return true;
1643 return false;
1644 }
1645
1646 return true;
1647}
1648
1649/// \brief Generic routine to convert an SSA value to a value of a different
1650/// type.
1651///
1652/// This will try various different casting techniques, such as bitcasts,
1653/// inttoptr, and ptrtoint casts. Use the \c canConvertValue predicate to test
1654/// two types for viability with this routine.
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00001655static Value *convertValue(const DataLayout &DL, IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *V,
Benjamin Kramer90901a32013-09-21 20:36:04 +00001656 Type *NewTy) {
1657 Type *OldTy = V->getType();
1658 assert(canConvertValue(DL, OldTy, NewTy) && "Value not convertable to type");
1659
1660 if (OldTy == NewTy)
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001661 return V;
Benjamin Kramer90901a32013-09-21 20:36:04 +00001662
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00001663 assert(!(isa<IntegerType>(OldTy) && isa<IntegerType>(NewTy)) &&
1664 "Integer types must be the exact same to convert.");
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001665
Benjamin Kramer90901a32013-09-21 20:36:04 +00001666 // See if we need inttoptr for this type pair. A cast involving both scalars
1667 // and vectors requires and additional bitcast.
1668 if (OldTy->getScalarType()->isIntegerTy() &&
1669 NewTy->getScalarType()->isPointerTy()) {
1670 // Expand <2 x i32> to i8* --> <2 x i32> to i64 to i8*
1671 if (OldTy->isVectorTy() && !NewTy->isVectorTy())
1672 return IRB.CreateIntToPtr(IRB.CreateBitCast(V, DL.getIntPtrType(NewTy)),
1673 NewTy);
1674
1675 // Expand i128 to <2 x i8*> --> i128 to <2 x i64> to <2 x i8*>
1676 if (!OldTy->isVectorTy() && NewTy->isVectorTy())
1677 return IRB.CreateIntToPtr(IRB.CreateBitCast(V, DL.getIntPtrType(NewTy)),
1678 NewTy);
1679
1680 return IRB.CreateIntToPtr(V, NewTy);
1681 }
1682
1683 // See if we need ptrtoint for this type pair. A cast involving both scalars
1684 // and vectors requires and additional bitcast.
1685 if (OldTy->getScalarType()->isPointerTy() &&
1686 NewTy->getScalarType()->isIntegerTy()) {
1687 // Expand <2 x i8*> to i128 --> <2 x i8*> to <2 x i64> to i128
1688 if (OldTy->isVectorTy() && !NewTy->isVectorTy())
1689 return IRB.CreateBitCast(IRB.CreatePtrToInt(V, DL.getIntPtrType(OldTy)),
1690 NewTy);
1691
1692 // Expand i8* to <2 x i32> --> i8* to i64 to <2 x i32>
1693 if (!OldTy->isVectorTy() && NewTy->isVectorTy())
1694 return IRB.CreateBitCast(IRB.CreatePtrToInt(V, DL.getIntPtrType(OldTy)),
1695 NewTy);
1696
1697 return IRB.CreatePtrToInt(V, NewTy);
1698 }
1699
1700 return IRB.CreateBitCast(V, NewTy);
Chandler Carruthaa6afbb2012-10-15 08:40:22 +00001701}
1702
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001703/// \brief Test whether the given slice use can be promoted to a vector.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001704///
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00001705/// This function is called to test each entry in a partition which is slated
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001706/// for a single slice.
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00001707static bool isVectorPromotionViableForSlice(Partition &P, const Slice &S,
1708 VectorType *Ty,
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001709 uint64_t ElementSize,
1710 const DataLayout &DL) {
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001711 // First validate the slice offsets.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001712 uint64_t BeginOffset =
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001713 std::max(S.beginOffset(), P.beginOffset()) - P.beginOffset();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001714 uint64_t BeginIndex = BeginOffset / ElementSize;
1715 if (BeginIndex * ElementSize != BeginOffset ||
1716 BeginIndex >= Ty->getNumElements())
1717 return false;
1718 uint64_t EndOffset =
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001719 std::min(S.endOffset(), P.endOffset()) - P.beginOffset();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001720 uint64_t EndIndex = EndOffset / ElementSize;
1721 if (EndIndex * ElementSize != EndOffset || EndIndex > Ty->getNumElements())
1722 return false;
1723
1724 assert(EndIndex > BeginIndex && "Empty vector!");
1725 uint64_t NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001726 Type *SliceTy = (NumElements == 1)
1727 ? Ty->getElementType()
1728 : VectorType::get(Ty->getElementType(), NumElements);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001729
1730 Type *SplitIntTy =
1731 Type::getIntNTy(Ty->getContext(), NumElements * ElementSize * 8);
1732
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001733 Use *U = S.getUse();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001734
1735 if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(U->getUser())) {
1736 if (MI->isVolatile())
1737 return false;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001738 if (!S.isSplittable())
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001739 return false; // Skip any unsplittable intrinsics.
Owen Anderson6c19ab12014-08-07 21:07:35 +00001740 } else if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(U->getUser())) {
1741 if (II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_start &&
1742 II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_end)
1743 return false;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001744 } else if (U->get()->getType()->getPointerElementType()->isStructTy()) {
1745 // Disable vector promotion when there are loads or stores of an FCA.
1746 return false;
1747 } else if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U->getUser())) {
1748 if (LI->isVolatile())
1749 return false;
1750 Type *LTy = LI->getType();
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001751 if (P.beginOffset() > S.beginOffset() || P.endOffset() < S.endOffset()) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001752 assert(LTy->isIntegerTy());
1753 LTy = SplitIntTy;
1754 }
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001755 if (!canConvertValue(DL, SliceTy, LTy))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001756 return false;
1757 } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(U->getUser())) {
1758 if (SI->isVolatile())
1759 return false;
1760 Type *STy = SI->getValueOperand()->getType();
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001761 if (P.beginOffset() > S.beginOffset() || P.endOffset() < S.endOffset()) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001762 assert(STy->isIntegerTy());
1763 STy = SplitIntTy;
1764 }
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001765 if (!canConvertValue(DL, STy, SliceTy))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001766 return false;
Chandler Carruth1ed848d2013-07-19 10:57:32 +00001767 } else {
1768 return false;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001769 }
1770
1771 return true;
1772}
1773
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001774/// \brief Test whether the given alloca partitioning and range of slices can be
1775/// promoted to a vector.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001776///
1777/// This is a quick test to check whether we can rewrite a particular alloca
1778/// partition (and its newly formed alloca) into a vector alloca with only
1779/// whole-vector loads and stores such that it could be promoted to a vector
1780/// SSA value. We only can ensure this for a limited set of operations, and we
1781/// don't want to do the rewrites unless we are confident that the result will
1782/// be promotable, so we have an early test here.
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00001783static VectorType *isVectorPromotionViable(Partition &P, const DataLayout &DL) {
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001784 // Collect the candidate types for vector-based promotion. Also track whether
1785 // we have different element types.
1786 SmallVector<VectorType *, 4> CandidateTys;
1787 Type *CommonEltTy = nullptr;
1788 bool HaveCommonEltTy = true;
1789 auto CheckCandidateType = [&](Type *Ty) {
1790 if (auto *VTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(Ty)) {
1791 CandidateTys.push_back(VTy);
1792 if (!CommonEltTy)
1793 CommonEltTy = VTy->getElementType();
1794 else if (CommonEltTy != VTy->getElementType())
1795 HaveCommonEltTy = false;
1796 }
1797 };
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001798 // Consider any loads or stores that are the exact size of the slice.
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001799 for (const Slice &S : P)
1800 if (S.beginOffset() == P.beginOffset() &&
1801 S.endOffset() == P.endOffset()) {
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001802 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(S.getUse()->getUser()))
1803 CheckCandidateType(LI->getType());
1804 else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(S.getUse()->getUser()))
1805 CheckCandidateType(SI->getValueOperand()->getType());
1806 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001807
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001808 // If we didn't find a vector type, nothing to do here.
1809 if (CandidateTys.empty())
1810 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001811
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001812 // Remove non-integer vector types if we had multiple common element types.
1813 // FIXME: It'd be nice to replace them with integer vector types, but we can't
1814 // do that until all the backends are known to produce good code for all
1815 // integer vector types.
1816 if (!HaveCommonEltTy) {
1817 CandidateTys.erase(std::remove_if(CandidateTys.begin(), CandidateTys.end(),
1818 [](VectorType *VTy) {
1819 return !VTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy();
1820 }),
1821 CandidateTys.end());
1822
1823 // If there were no integer vector types, give up.
1824 if (CandidateTys.empty())
1825 return nullptr;
1826
1827 // Rank the remaining candidate vector types. This is easy because we know
1828 // they're all integer vectors. We sort by ascending number of elements.
1829 auto RankVectorTypes = [&DL](VectorType *RHSTy, VectorType *LHSTy) {
1830 assert(DL.getTypeSizeInBits(RHSTy) == DL.getTypeSizeInBits(LHSTy) &&
1831 "Cannot have vector types of different sizes!");
1832 assert(RHSTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
1833 "All non-integer types eliminated!");
1834 assert(LHSTy->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
1835 "All non-integer types eliminated!");
1836 return RHSTy->getNumElements() < LHSTy->getNumElements();
1837 };
1838 std::sort(CandidateTys.begin(), CandidateTys.end(), RankVectorTypes);
1839 CandidateTys.erase(
1840 std::unique(CandidateTys.begin(), CandidateTys.end(), RankVectorTypes),
1841 CandidateTys.end());
1842 } else {
1843// The only way to have the same element type in every vector type is to
1844// have the same vector type. Check that and remove all but one.
1845#ifndef NDEBUG
1846 for (VectorType *VTy : CandidateTys) {
1847 assert(VTy->getElementType() == CommonEltTy &&
1848 "Unaccounted for element type!");
1849 assert(VTy == CandidateTys[0] &&
1850 "Different vector types with the same element type!");
1851 }
1852#endif
1853 CandidateTys.resize(1);
1854 }
1855
1856 // Try each vector type, and return the one which works.
1857 auto CheckVectorTypeForPromotion = [&](VectorType *VTy) {
1858 uint64_t ElementSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(VTy->getElementType());
1859
1860 // While the definition of LLVM vectors is bitpacked, we don't support sizes
1861 // that aren't byte sized.
1862 if (ElementSize % 8)
1863 return false;
1864 assert((DL.getTypeSizeInBits(VTy) % 8) == 0 &&
1865 "vector size not a multiple of element size?");
1866 ElementSize /= 8;
1867
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001868 for (const Slice &S : P)
1869 if (!isVectorPromotionViableForSlice(P, S, VTy, ElementSize, DL))
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001870 return false;
1871
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +00001872 for (const Slice *S : P.splitSliceTails())
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001873 if (!isVectorPromotionViableForSlice(P, *S, VTy, ElementSize, DL))
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001874 return false;
1875
1876 return true;
1877 };
1878 for (VectorType *VTy : CandidateTys)
1879 if (CheckVectorTypeForPromotion(VTy))
1880 return VTy;
1881
1882 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001883}
1884
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001885/// \brief Test whether a slice of an alloca is valid for integer widening.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001886///
1887/// This implements the necessary checking for the \c isIntegerWideningViable
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001888/// test below on a single slice of the alloca.
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001889static bool isIntegerWideningViableForSlice(const Slice &S,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001890 uint64_t AllocBeginOffset,
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001891 Type *AllocaTy,
1892 const DataLayout &DL,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00001893 bool &WholeAllocaOp) {
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001894 uint64_t Size = DL.getTypeStoreSize(AllocaTy);
1895
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001896 uint64_t RelBegin = S.beginOffset() - AllocBeginOffset;
1897 uint64_t RelEnd = S.endOffset() - AllocBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001898
1899 // We can't reasonably handle cases where the load or store extends past
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00001900 // the end of the alloca's type and into its padding.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001901 if (RelEnd > Size)
1902 return false;
1903
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001904 Use *U = S.getUse();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001905
1906 if (LoadInst *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(U->getUser())) {
1907 if (LI->isVolatile())
1908 return false;
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00001909 // We can't handle loads that extend past the allocated memory.
1910 if (DL.getTypeStoreSize(LI->getType()) > Size)
1911 return false;
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001912 // Note that we don't count vector loads or stores as whole-alloca
1913 // operations which enable integer widening because we would prefer to use
1914 // vector widening instead.
1915 if (!isa<VectorType>(LI->getType()) && RelBegin == 0 && RelEnd == Size)
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001916 WholeAllocaOp = true;
1917 if (IntegerType *ITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(LI->getType())) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001918 if (ITy->getBitWidth() < DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(ITy))
Chandler Carruthe3899f22013-07-15 17:36:21 +00001919 return false;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001920 } else if (RelBegin != 0 || RelEnd != Size ||
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001921 !canConvertValue(DL, AllocaTy, LI->getType())) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001922 // Non-integer loads need to be convertible from the alloca type so that
1923 // they are promotable.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001924 return false;
1925 }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001926 } else if (StoreInst *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(U->getUser())) {
1927 Type *ValueTy = SI->getValueOperand()->getType();
1928 if (SI->isVolatile())
1929 return false;
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00001930 // We can't handle stores that extend past the allocated memory.
1931 if (DL.getTypeStoreSize(ValueTy) > Size)
1932 return false;
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00001933 // Note that we don't count vector loads or stores as whole-alloca
1934 // operations which enable integer widening because we would prefer to use
1935 // vector widening instead.
1936 if (!isa<VectorType>(ValueTy) && RelBegin == 0 && RelEnd == Size)
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001937 WholeAllocaOp = true;
1938 if (IntegerType *ITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(ValueTy)) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001939 if (ITy->getBitWidth() < DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(ITy))
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001940 return false;
1941 } else if (RelBegin != 0 || RelEnd != Size ||
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001942 !canConvertValue(DL, ValueTy, AllocaTy)) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001943 // Non-integer stores need to be convertible to the alloca type so that
1944 // they are promotable.
1945 return false;
1946 }
1947 } else if (MemIntrinsic *MI = dyn_cast<MemIntrinsic>(U->getUser())) {
1948 if (MI->isVolatile() || !isa<Constant>(MI->getLength()))
1949 return false;
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001950 if (!S.isSplittable())
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001951 return false; // Skip any unsplittable intrinsics.
1952 } else if (IntrinsicInst *II = dyn_cast<IntrinsicInst>(U->getUser())) {
1953 if (II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_start &&
1954 II->getIntrinsicID() != Intrinsic::lifetime_end)
1955 return false;
1956 } else {
1957 return false;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001958 }
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001959
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00001960 return true;
1961}
1962
Chandler Carruth435c4e02012-10-15 08:40:30 +00001963/// \brief Test whether the given alloca partition's integer operations can be
1964/// widened to promotable ones.
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00001965///
Chandler Carruth435c4e02012-10-15 08:40:30 +00001966/// This is a quick test to check whether we can rewrite the integer loads and
1967/// stores to a particular alloca into wider loads and stores and be able to
1968/// promote the resulting alloca.
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00001969static bool isIntegerWideningViable(Partition &P, Type *AllocaTy,
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001970 const DataLayout &DL) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001971 uint64_t SizeInBits = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(AllocaTy);
Benjamin Kramer47534c72012-12-01 11:53:32 +00001972 // Don't create integer types larger than the maximum bitwidth.
1973 if (SizeInBits > IntegerType::MAX_INT_BITS)
1974 return false;
Chandler Carruth435c4e02012-10-15 08:40:30 +00001975
1976 // Don't try to handle allocas with bit-padding.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001977 if (SizeInBits != DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(AllocaTy))
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00001978 return false;
1979
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00001980 // We need to ensure that an integer type with the appropriate bitwidth can
1981 // be converted to the alloca type, whatever that is. We don't want to force
1982 // the alloca itself to have an integer type if there is a more suitable one.
1983 Type *IntTy = Type::getIntNTy(AllocaTy->getContext(), SizeInBits);
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00001984 if (!canConvertValue(DL, AllocaTy, IntTy) ||
1985 !canConvertValue(DL, IntTy, AllocaTy))
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00001986 return false;
1987
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00001988 // While examining uses, we ensure that the alloca has a covering load or
1989 // store. We don't want to widen the integer operations only to fail to
1990 // promote due to some other unsplittable entry (which we may make splittable
Chandler Carruth5955c9e2013-07-19 07:12:23 +00001991 // later). However, if there are only splittable uses, go ahead and assume
1992 // that we cover the alloca.
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001993 // FIXME: We shouldn't consider split slices that happen to start in the
1994 // partition here...
Chandler Carruthc659df92014-10-16 20:24:07 +00001995 bool WholeAllocaOp =
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001996 P.begin() != P.end() ? false : DL.isLegalInteger(SizeInBits);
Chandler Carruth43c8b462012-10-04 10:39:28 +00001997
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00001998 for (const Slice &S : P)
1999 if (!isIntegerWideningViableForSlice(S, P.beginOffset(), AllocaTy, DL,
2000 WholeAllocaOp))
Chandler Carruth43c8b462012-10-04 10:39:28 +00002001 return false;
2002
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +00002003 for (const Slice *S : P.splitSliceTails())
Chandler Carruth5031bbe2014-12-24 01:05:14 +00002004 if (!isIntegerWideningViableForSlice(*S, P.beginOffset(), AllocaTy, DL,
2005 WholeAllocaOp))
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002006 return false;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002007
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002008 return WholeAllocaOp;
2009}
2010
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00002011static Value *extractInteger(const DataLayout &DL, IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *V,
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002012 IntegerType *Ty, uint64_t Offset,
2013 const Twine &Name) {
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002014 DEBUG(dbgs() << " start: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002015 IntegerType *IntTy = cast<IntegerType>(V->getType());
2016 assert(DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty) + Offset <= DL.getTypeStoreSize(IntTy) &&
2017 "Element extends past full value");
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002018 uint64_t ShAmt = 8 * Offset;
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002019 if (DL.isBigEndian())
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002020 ShAmt = 8 * (DL.getTypeStoreSize(IntTy) - DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty) - Offset);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002021 if (ShAmt) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002022 V = IRB.CreateLShr(V, ShAmt, Name + ".shift");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002023 DEBUG(dbgs() << " shifted: " << *V << "\n");
2024 }
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002025 assert(Ty->getBitWidth() <= IntTy->getBitWidth() &&
2026 "Cannot extract to a larger integer!");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002027 if (Ty != IntTy) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002028 V = IRB.CreateTrunc(V, Ty, Name + ".trunc");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002029 DEBUG(dbgs() << " trunced: " << *V << "\n");
2030 }
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002031 return V;
2032}
2033
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00002034static Value *insertInteger(const DataLayout &DL, IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *Old,
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002035 Value *V, uint64_t Offset, const Twine &Name) {
2036 IntegerType *IntTy = cast<IntegerType>(Old->getType());
2037 IntegerType *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(V->getType());
2038 assert(Ty->getBitWidth() <= IntTy->getBitWidth() &&
2039 "Cannot insert a larger integer!");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002040 DEBUG(dbgs() << " start: " << *V << "\n");
2041 if (Ty != IntTy) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002042 V = IRB.CreateZExt(V, IntTy, Name + ".ext");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002043 DEBUG(dbgs() << " extended: " << *V << "\n");
2044 }
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002045 assert(DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty) + Offset <= DL.getTypeStoreSize(IntTy) &&
2046 "Element store outside of alloca store");
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002047 uint64_t ShAmt = 8 * Offset;
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002048 if (DL.isBigEndian())
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002049 ShAmt = 8 * (DL.getTypeStoreSize(IntTy) - DL.getTypeStoreSize(Ty) - Offset);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002050 if (ShAmt) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002051 V = IRB.CreateShl(V, ShAmt, Name + ".shift");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002052 DEBUG(dbgs() << " shifted: " << *V << "\n");
2053 }
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002054
2055 if (ShAmt || Ty->getBitWidth() < IntTy->getBitWidth()) {
2056 APInt Mask = ~Ty->getMask().zext(IntTy->getBitWidth()).shl(ShAmt);
2057 Old = IRB.CreateAnd(Old, Mask, Name + ".mask");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002058 DEBUG(dbgs() << " masked: " << *Old << "\n");
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002059 V = IRB.CreateOr(Old, V, Name + ".insert");
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002060 DEBUG(dbgs() << " inserted: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002061 }
2062 return V;
2063}
2064
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002065static Value *extractVector(IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *V, unsigned BeginIndex,
2066 unsigned EndIndex, const Twine &Name) {
Chandler Carruthb6bc8742012-12-17 13:07:30 +00002067 VectorType *VecTy = cast<VectorType>(V->getType());
2068 unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
2069 assert(NumElements <= VecTy->getNumElements() && "Too many elements!");
2070
2071 if (NumElements == VecTy->getNumElements())
2072 return V;
2073
2074 if (NumElements == 1) {
2075 V = IRB.CreateExtractElement(V, IRB.getInt32(BeginIndex),
2076 Name + ".extract");
2077 DEBUG(dbgs() << " extract: " << *V << "\n");
2078 return V;
2079 }
2080
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002081 SmallVector<Constant *, 8> Mask;
Chandler Carruthb6bc8742012-12-17 13:07:30 +00002082 Mask.reserve(NumElements);
2083 for (unsigned i = BeginIndex; i != EndIndex; ++i)
2084 Mask.push_back(IRB.getInt32(i));
2085 V = IRB.CreateShuffleVector(V, UndefValue::get(V->getType()),
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002086 ConstantVector::get(Mask), Name + ".extract");
Chandler Carruthb6bc8742012-12-17 13:07:30 +00002087 DEBUG(dbgs() << " shuffle: " << *V << "\n");
2088 return V;
2089}
2090
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00002091static Value *insertVector(IRBuilderTy &IRB, Value *Old, Value *V,
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002092 unsigned BeginIndex, const Twine &Name) {
2093 VectorType *VecTy = cast<VectorType>(Old->getType());
2094 assert(VecTy && "Can only insert a vector into a vector");
2095
2096 VectorType *Ty = dyn_cast<VectorType>(V->getType());
2097 if (!Ty) {
2098 // Single element to insert.
2099 V = IRB.CreateInsertElement(Old, V, IRB.getInt32(BeginIndex),
2100 Name + ".insert");
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002101 DEBUG(dbgs() << " insert: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002102 return V;
2103 }
2104
2105 assert(Ty->getNumElements() <= VecTy->getNumElements() &&
2106 "Too many elements!");
2107 if (Ty->getNumElements() == VecTy->getNumElements()) {
2108 assert(V->getType() == VecTy && "Vector type mismatch");
2109 return V;
2110 }
2111 unsigned EndIndex = BeginIndex + Ty->getNumElements();
2112
2113 // When inserting a smaller vector into the larger to store, we first
2114 // use a shuffle vector to widen it with undef elements, and then
2115 // a second shuffle vector to select between the loaded vector and the
2116 // incoming vector.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002117 SmallVector<Constant *, 8> Mask;
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002118 Mask.reserve(VecTy->getNumElements());
2119 for (unsigned i = 0; i != VecTy->getNumElements(); ++i)
2120 if (i >= BeginIndex && i < EndIndex)
2121 Mask.push_back(IRB.getInt32(i - BeginIndex));
2122 else
2123 Mask.push_back(UndefValue::get(IRB.getInt32Ty()));
2124 V = IRB.CreateShuffleVector(V, UndefValue::get(V->getType()),
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002125 ConstantVector::get(Mask), Name + ".expand");
Nadav Rotem1e211912013-05-01 19:53:30 +00002126 DEBUG(dbgs() << " shuffle: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002127
2128 Mask.clear();
2129 for (unsigned i = 0; i != VecTy->getNumElements(); ++i)
Nadav Rotem1e211912013-05-01 19:53:30 +00002130 Mask.push_back(IRB.getInt1(i >= BeginIndex && i < EndIndex));
2131
2132 V = IRB.CreateSelect(ConstantVector::get(Mask), V, Old, Name + "blend");
2133
2134 DEBUG(dbgs() << " blend: " << *V << "\n");
Chandler Carruthce4562b2012-12-17 13:41:21 +00002135 return V;
2136}
2137
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002138/// \brief Visitor to rewrite instructions using p particular slice of an alloca
2139/// to use a new alloca.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002140///
2141/// Also implements the rewriting to vector-based accesses when the partition
2142/// passes the isVectorPromotionViable predicate. Most of the rewriting logic
2143/// lives here.
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00002144class llvm::sroa::AllocaSliceRewriter
2145 : public InstVisitor<AllocaSliceRewriter, bool> {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002146 // Befriend the base class so it can delegate to private visit methods.
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002147 friend class llvm::InstVisitor<AllocaSliceRewriter, bool>;
2148 typedef llvm::InstVisitor<AllocaSliceRewriter, bool> Base;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002149
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002150 const DataLayout &DL;
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00002151 AllocaSlices &AS;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002152 SROA &Pass;
2153 AllocaInst &OldAI, &NewAI;
2154 const uint64_t NewAllocaBeginOffset, NewAllocaEndOffset;
Chandler Carruth891fec02012-10-13 02:41:05 +00002155 Type *NewAllocaTy;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002156
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002157 // This is a convenience and flag variable that will be null unless the new
2158 // alloca's integer operations should be widened to this integer type due to
2159 // passing isIntegerWideningViable above. If it is non-null, the desired
2160 // integer type will be stored here for easy access during rewriting.
2161 IntegerType *IntTy;
2162
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002163 // If we are rewriting an alloca partition which can be written as pure
2164 // vector operations, we stash extra information here. When VecTy is
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00002165 // non-null, we have some strict guarantees about the rewritten alloca:
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002166 // - The new alloca is exactly the size of the vector type here.
2167 // - The accesses all either map to the entire vector or to a single
2168 // element.
2169 // - The set of accessing instructions is only one of those handled above
2170 // in isVectorPromotionViable. Generally these are the same access kinds
2171 // which are promotable via mem2reg.
2172 VectorType *VecTy;
2173 Type *ElementTy;
2174 uint64_t ElementSize;
2175
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002176 // The original offset of the slice currently being rewritten relative to
2177 // the original alloca.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002178 uint64_t BeginOffset, EndOffset;
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002179 // The new offsets of the slice currently being rewritten relative to the
2180 // original alloca.
2181 uint64_t NewBeginOffset, NewEndOffset;
2182
2183 uint64_t SliceSize;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002184 bool IsSplittable;
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +00002185 bool IsSplit;
Chandler Carruth54e8f0b2012-10-01 01:49:22 +00002186 Use *OldUse;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002187 Instruction *OldPtr;
2188
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00002189 // Track post-rewrite users which are PHI nodes and Selects.
2190 SmallPtrSetImpl<PHINode *> &PHIUsers;
2191 SmallPtrSetImpl<SelectInst *> &SelectUsers;
Chandler Carruth83ea1952013-07-24 09:47:28 +00002192
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002193 // Utility IR builder, whose name prefix is setup for each visited use, and
2194 // the insertion point is set to point to the user.
2195 IRBuilderTy IRB;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002196
2197public:
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00002198 AllocaSliceRewriter(const DataLayout &DL, AllocaSlices &AS, SROA &Pass,
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002199 AllocaInst &OldAI, AllocaInst &NewAI,
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002200 uint64_t NewAllocaBeginOffset,
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002201 uint64_t NewAllocaEndOffset, bool IsIntegerPromotable,
2202 VectorType *PromotableVecTy,
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00002203 SmallPtrSetImpl<PHINode *> &PHIUsers,
2204 SmallPtrSetImpl<SelectInst *> &SelectUsers)
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00002205 : DL(DL), AS(AS), Pass(Pass), OldAI(OldAI), NewAI(NewAI),
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002206 NewAllocaBeginOffset(NewAllocaBeginOffset),
2207 NewAllocaEndOffset(NewAllocaEndOffset),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002208 NewAllocaTy(NewAI.getAllocatedType()),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002209 IntTy(IsIntegerPromotable
2210 ? Type::getIntNTy(
2211 NewAI.getContext(),
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002212 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(NewAI.getAllocatedType()))
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00002213 : nullptr),
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002214 VecTy(PromotableVecTy),
2215 ElementTy(VecTy ? VecTy->getElementType() : nullptr),
2216 ElementSize(VecTy ? DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ElementTy) / 8 : 0),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002217 BeginOffset(), EndOffset(), IsSplittable(), IsSplit(), OldUse(),
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00002218 OldPtr(), PHIUsers(PHIUsers), SelectUsers(SelectUsers),
Chandler Carruth83ea1952013-07-24 09:47:28 +00002219 IRB(NewAI.getContext(), ConstantFolder()) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002220 if (VecTy) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002221 assert((DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ElementTy) % 8) == 0 &&
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002222 "Only multiple-of-8 sized vector elements are viable");
2223 ++NumVectorized;
2224 }
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00002225 assert((!IntTy && !VecTy) || (IntTy && !VecTy) || (!IntTy && VecTy));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002226 }
2227
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002228 bool visit(AllocaSlices::const_iterator I) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002229 bool CanSROA = true;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002230 BeginOffset = I->beginOffset();
2231 EndOffset = I->endOffset();
2232 IsSplittable = I->isSplittable();
2233 IsSplit =
2234 BeginOffset < NewAllocaBeginOffset || EndOffset > NewAllocaEndOffset;
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +00002235 DEBUG(dbgs() << " rewriting " << (IsSplit ? "split " : ""));
2236 DEBUG(AS.printSlice(dbgs(), I, ""));
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00002237 DEBUG(dbgs() << "\n");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002238
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002239 // Compute the intersecting offset range.
2240 assert(BeginOffset < NewAllocaEndOffset);
2241 assert(EndOffset > NewAllocaBeginOffset);
2242 NewBeginOffset = std::max(BeginOffset, NewAllocaBeginOffset);
2243 NewEndOffset = std::min(EndOffset, NewAllocaEndOffset);
2244
2245 SliceSize = NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset;
2246
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002247 OldUse = I->getUse();
2248 OldPtr = cast<Instruction>(OldUse->get());
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002249
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002250 Instruction *OldUserI = cast<Instruction>(OldUse->getUser());
2251 IRB.SetInsertPoint(OldUserI);
2252 IRB.SetCurrentDebugLocation(OldUserI->getDebugLoc());
2253 IRB.SetNamePrefix(Twine(NewAI.getName()) + "." + Twine(BeginOffset) + ".");
2254
2255 CanSROA &= visit(cast<Instruction>(OldUse->getUser()));
2256 if (VecTy || IntTy)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002257 assert(CanSROA);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002258 return CanSROA;
2259 }
2260
2261private:
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002262 // Make sure the other visit overloads are visible.
2263 using Base::visit;
2264
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002265 // Every instruction which can end up as a user must have a rewrite rule.
2266 bool visitInstruction(Instruction &I) {
2267 DEBUG(dbgs() << " !!!! Cannot rewrite: " << I << "\n");
2268 llvm_unreachable("No rewrite rule for this instruction!");
2269 }
2270
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002271 Value *getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRBuilderTy &IRB, Type *PointerTy) {
2272 // Note that the offset computation can use BeginOffset or NewBeginOffset
2273 // interchangeably for unsplit slices.
2274 assert(IsSplit || BeginOffset == NewBeginOffset);
2275 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
2276
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00002277#ifndef NDEBUG
2278 StringRef OldName = OldPtr->getName();
2279 // Skip through the last '.sroa.' component of the name.
2280 size_t LastSROAPrefix = OldName.rfind(".sroa.");
2281 if (LastSROAPrefix != StringRef::npos) {
2282 OldName = OldName.substr(LastSROAPrefix + strlen(".sroa."));
2283 // Look for an SROA slice index.
2284 size_t IndexEnd = OldName.find_first_not_of("0123456789");
2285 if (IndexEnd != StringRef::npos && OldName[IndexEnd] == '.') {
2286 // Strip the index and look for the offset.
2287 OldName = OldName.substr(IndexEnd + 1);
2288 size_t OffsetEnd = OldName.find_first_not_of("0123456789");
2289 if (OffsetEnd != StringRef::npos && OldName[OffsetEnd] == '.')
2290 // Strip the offset.
2291 OldName = OldName.substr(OffsetEnd + 1);
2292 }
2293 }
2294 // Strip any SROA suffixes as well.
2295 OldName = OldName.substr(0, OldName.find(".sroa_"));
2296#endif
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002297
2298 return getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, &NewAI,
2299 APInt(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(), Offset), PointerTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00002300#ifndef NDEBUG
2301 Twine(OldName) + "."
2302#else
2303 Twine()
2304#endif
2305 );
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002306 }
2307
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002308 /// \brief Compute suitable alignment to access this slice of the *new*
2309 /// alloca.
Chandler Carruth2659e502014-02-26 05:02:19 +00002310 ///
2311 /// You can optionally pass a type to this routine and if that type's ABI
2312 /// alignment is itself suitable, this will return zero.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00002313 unsigned getSliceAlign(Type *Ty = nullptr) {
Chandler Carruth176ca712012-10-01 12:16:54 +00002314 unsigned NewAIAlign = NewAI.getAlignment();
2315 if (!NewAIAlign)
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002316 NewAIAlign = DL.getABITypeAlignment(NewAI.getAllocatedType());
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002317 unsigned Align =
2318 MinAlign(NewAIAlign, NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth2659e502014-02-26 05:02:19 +00002319 return (Ty && Align == DL.getABITypeAlignment(Ty)) ? 0 : Align;
Chandler Carruth4b2b38d2012-10-03 08:14:02 +00002320 }
2321
Chandler Carruth845b73c2012-11-21 08:16:30 +00002322 unsigned getIndex(uint64_t Offset) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002323 assert(VecTy && "Can only call getIndex when rewriting a vector");
2324 uint64_t RelOffset = Offset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
2325 assert(RelOffset / ElementSize < UINT32_MAX && "Index out of bounds");
2326 uint32_t Index = RelOffset / ElementSize;
2327 assert(Index * ElementSize == RelOffset);
Chandler Carruth845b73c2012-11-21 08:16:30 +00002328 return Index;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002329 }
2330
2331 void deleteIfTriviallyDead(Value *V) {
2332 Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(V);
2333 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(I))
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002334 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(I);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002335 }
2336
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002337 Value *rewriteVectorizedLoadInst() {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002338 unsigned BeginIndex = getIndex(NewBeginOffset);
2339 unsigned EndIndex = getIndex(NewEndOffset);
Chandler Carruth769445e2012-12-17 12:50:21 +00002340 assert(EndIndex > BeginIndex && "Empty vector!");
Chandler Carruthb6bc8742012-12-17 13:07:30 +00002341
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002342 Value *V = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002343 return extractVector(IRB, V, BeginIndex, EndIndex, "vec");
Chandler Carruth769445e2012-12-17 12:50:21 +00002344 }
2345
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002346 Value *rewriteIntegerLoad(LoadInst &LI) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002347 assert(IntTy && "We cannot insert an integer to the alloca");
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002348 assert(!LI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002349 Value *V = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002350 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, IntTy);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002351 assert(NewBeginOffset >= NewAllocaBeginOffset && "Out of bounds offset");
2352 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth4b682f62015-08-28 09:03:52 +00002353 if (Offset > 0 || NewEndOffset < NewAllocaEndOffset) {
2354 IntegerType *ExtractTy = Type::getIntNTy(LI.getContext(), SliceSize * 8);
2355 V = extractInteger(DL, IRB, V, ExtractTy, Offset, "extract");
2356 }
2357 // It is possible that the extracted type is not the load type. This
2358 // happens if there is a load past the end of the alloca, and as
2359 // a consequence the slice is narrower but still a candidate for integer
2360 // lowering. To handle this case, we just zero extend the extracted
2361 // integer.
2362 assert(cast<IntegerType>(LI.getType())->getBitWidth() >= SliceSize * 8 &&
2363 "Can only handle an extract for an overly wide load");
2364 if (cast<IntegerType>(LI.getType())->getBitWidth() > SliceSize * 8)
2365 V = IRB.CreateZExt(V, LI.getType());
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002366 return V;
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002367 }
2368
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002369 bool visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
2370 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << LI << "\n");
2371 Value *OldOp = LI.getOperand(0);
2372 assert(OldOp == OldPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002373
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002374 Type *TargetTy = IsSplit ? Type::getIntNTy(LI.getContext(), SliceSize * 8)
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +00002375 : LI.getType();
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00002376 const bool IsLoadPastEnd = DL.getTypeStoreSize(TargetTy) > SliceSize;
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002377 bool IsPtrAdjusted = false;
2378 Value *V;
2379 if (VecTy) {
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002380 V = rewriteVectorizedLoadInst();
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002381 } else if (IntTy && LI.getType()->isIntegerTy()) {
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002382 V = rewriteIntegerLoad(LI);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002383 } else if (NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset &&
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00002384 NewEndOffset == NewAllocaEndOffset &&
2385 (canConvertValue(DL, NewAllocaTy, TargetTy) ||
2386 (IsLoadPastEnd && NewAllocaTy->isIntegerTy() &&
2387 TargetTy->isIntegerTy()))) {
David Majnemer62690b12015-07-14 06:19:58 +00002388 LoadInst *NewLI = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(),
2389 LI.isVolatile(), LI.getName());
2390 if (LI.isVolatile())
2391 NewLI->setAtomic(LI.getOrdering(), LI.getSynchScope());
David Majnemer62690b12015-07-14 06:19:58 +00002392 V = NewLI;
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00002393
2394 // If this is an integer load past the end of the slice (which means the
2395 // bytes outside the slice are undef or this load is dead) just forcibly
2396 // fix the integer size with correct handling of endianness.
2397 if (auto *AITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(NewAllocaTy))
2398 if (auto *TITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(TargetTy))
2399 if (AITy->getBitWidth() < TITy->getBitWidth()) {
2400 V = IRB.CreateZExt(V, TITy, "load.ext");
2401 if (DL.isBigEndian())
2402 V = IRB.CreateShl(V, TITy->getBitWidth() - AITy->getBitWidth(),
2403 "endian_shift");
2404 }
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002405 } else {
2406 Type *LTy = TargetTy->getPointerTo();
David Majnemer62690b12015-07-14 06:19:58 +00002407 LoadInst *NewLI = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, LTy),
2408 getSliceAlign(TargetTy),
2409 LI.isVolatile(), LI.getName());
2410 if (LI.isVolatile())
2411 NewLI->setAtomic(LI.getOrdering(), LI.getSynchScope());
2412
2413 V = NewLI;
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002414 IsPtrAdjusted = true;
2415 }
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002416 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, TargetTy);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002417
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +00002418 if (IsSplit) {
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002419 assert(!LI.isVolatile());
2420 assert(LI.getType()->isIntegerTy() &&
2421 "Only integer type loads and stores are split");
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002422 assert(SliceSize < DL.getTypeStoreSize(LI.getType()) &&
Chandler Carrutha1c54bb2013-03-14 11:32:24 +00002423 "Split load isn't smaller than original load");
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002424 assert(LI.getType()->getIntegerBitWidth() ==
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002425 DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(LI.getType()) &&
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002426 "Non-byte-multiple bit width");
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002427 // Move the insertion point just past the load so that we can refer to it.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithbe4d8cb2015-10-13 19:26:58 +00002428 IRB.SetInsertPoint(&*std::next(BasicBlock::iterator(&LI)));
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002429 // Create a placeholder value with the same type as LI to use as the
2430 // basis for the new value. This allows us to replace the uses of LI with
2431 // the computed value, and then replace the placeholder with LI, leaving
2432 // LI only used for this computation.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002433 Value *Placeholder =
2434 new LoadInst(UndefValue::get(LI.getType()->getPointerTo()));
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00002435 V = insertInteger(DL, IRB, Placeholder, V, NewBeginOffset - BeginOffset,
2436 "insert");
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002437 LI.replaceAllUsesWith(V);
2438 Placeholder->replaceAllUsesWith(&LI);
Jakub Staszak4e45abf2012-11-01 01:10:43 +00002439 delete Placeholder;
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002440 } else {
2441 LI.replaceAllUsesWith(V);
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00002442 }
2443
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002444 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&LI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002445 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldOp);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002446 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *V << "\n");
2447 return !LI.isVolatile() && !IsPtrAdjusted;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002448 }
2449
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002450 bool rewriteVectorizedStoreInst(Value *V, StoreInst &SI, Value *OldOp) {
Bob Wilsonacfc01d2013-06-25 19:09:50 +00002451 if (V->getType() != VecTy) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002452 unsigned BeginIndex = getIndex(NewBeginOffset);
2453 unsigned EndIndex = getIndex(NewEndOffset);
Bob Wilsonacfc01d2013-06-25 19:09:50 +00002454 assert(EndIndex > BeginIndex && "Empty vector!");
2455 unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
2456 assert(NumElements <= VecTy->getNumElements() && "Too many elements!");
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002457 Type *SliceTy = (NumElements == 1)
2458 ? ElementTy
2459 : VectorType::get(ElementTy, NumElements);
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00002460 if (V->getType() != SliceTy)
2461 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, SliceTy);
Chandler Carruth845b73c2012-11-21 08:16:30 +00002462
Bob Wilsonacfc01d2013-06-25 19:09:50 +00002463 // Mix in the existing elements.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002464 Value *Old = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Bob Wilsonacfc01d2013-06-25 19:09:50 +00002465 V = insertVector(IRB, Old, V, BeginIndex, "vec");
2466 }
Chandler Carruth871ba722012-09-26 10:27:46 +00002467 StoreInst *Store = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, &NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment());
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002468 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&SI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002469
2470 (void)Store;
2471 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Store << "\n");
2472 return true;
2473 }
2474
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002475 bool rewriteIntegerStore(Value *V, StoreInst &SI) {
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002476 assert(IntTy && "We cannot extract an integer from the alloca");
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002477 assert(!SI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002478 if (DL.getTypeSizeInBits(V->getType()) != IntTy->getBitWidth()) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002479 Value *Old =
2480 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002481 Old = convertValue(DL, IRB, Old, IntTy);
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002482 assert(BeginOffset >= NewAllocaBeginOffset && "Out of bounds offset");
2483 uint64_t Offset = BeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002484 V = insertInteger(DL, IRB, Old, SI.getValueOperand(), Offset, "insert");
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002485 }
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002486 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, NewAllocaTy);
Chandler Carruth59ff93af2012-10-18 09:56:08 +00002487 StoreInst *Store = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, &NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment());
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002488 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&SI);
Chandler Carruth92924fd2012-09-24 00:34:20 +00002489 (void)Store;
2490 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Store << "\n");
2491 return true;
2492 }
2493
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002494 bool visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) {
2495 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << SI << "\n");
2496 Value *OldOp = SI.getOperand(1);
2497 assert(OldOp == OldPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002498
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002499 Value *V = SI.getValueOperand();
Chandler Carruth891fec02012-10-13 02:41:05 +00002500
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00002501 // Strip all inbounds GEPs and pointer casts to try to dig out any root
2502 // alloca that should be re-examined after promoting this alloca.
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002503 if (V->getType()->isPointerTy())
2504 if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(V->stripInBoundsOffsets()))
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00002505 Pass.PostPromotionWorklist.insert(AI);
2506
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002507 if (SliceSize < DL.getTypeStoreSize(V->getType())) {
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002508 assert(!SI.isVolatile());
2509 assert(V->getType()->isIntegerTy() &&
2510 "Only integer type loads and stores are split");
2511 assert(V->getType()->getIntegerBitWidth() ==
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002512 DL.getTypeStoreSizeInBits(V->getType()) &&
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002513 "Non-byte-multiple bit width");
Chandler Carruthc46b6eb2014-02-26 04:20:00 +00002514 IntegerType *NarrowTy = Type::getIntNTy(SI.getContext(), SliceSize * 8);
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00002515 V = extractInteger(DL, IRB, V, NarrowTy, NewBeginOffset - BeginOffset,
2516 "extract");
Chandler Carruth891fec02012-10-13 02:41:05 +00002517 }
2518
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002519 if (VecTy)
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002520 return rewriteVectorizedStoreInst(V, SI, OldOp);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002521 if (IntTy && V->getType()->isIntegerTy())
Chandler Carruthea27cf02014-02-26 04:25:04 +00002522 return rewriteIntegerStore(V, SI);
Chandler Carruth435c4e02012-10-15 08:40:30 +00002523
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00002524 const bool IsStorePastEnd = DL.getTypeStoreSize(V->getType()) > SliceSize;
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002525 StoreInst *NewSI;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002526 if (NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset &&
2527 NewEndOffset == NewAllocaEndOffset &&
Chandler Carruthccffdaf2015-07-22 03:32:42 +00002528 (canConvertValue(DL, V->getType(), NewAllocaTy) ||
2529 (IsStorePastEnd && NewAllocaTy->isIntegerTy() &&
2530 V->getType()->isIntegerTy()))) {
2531 // If this is an integer store past the end of slice (and thus the bytes
2532 // past that point are irrelevant or this is unreachable), truncate the
2533 // value prior to storing.
2534 if (auto *VITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(V->getType()))
2535 if (auto *AITy = dyn_cast<IntegerType>(NewAllocaTy))
2536 if (VITy->getBitWidth() > AITy->getBitWidth()) {
2537 if (DL.isBigEndian())
2538 V = IRB.CreateLShr(V, VITy->getBitWidth() - AITy->getBitWidth(),
2539 "endian_shift");
2540 V = IRB.CreateTrunc(V, AITy, "load.trunc");
2541 }
2542
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002543 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, NewAllocaTy);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002544 NewSI = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, &NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(),
2545 SI.isVolatile());
2546 } else {
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002547 Value *NewPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, V->getType()->getPointerTo());
Chandler Carruth2659e502014-02-26 05:02:19 +00002548 NewSI = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, NewPtr, getSliceAlign(V->getType()),
2549 SI.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002550 }
David Majnemer62690b12015-07-14 06:19:58 +00002551 if (SI.isVolatile())
2552 NewSI->setAtomic(SI.getOrdering(), SI.getSynchScope());
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002553 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&SI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002554 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldOp);
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002555
2556 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *NewSI << "\n");
2557 return NewSI->getPointerOperand() == &NewAI && !SI.isVolatile();
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002558 }
2559
Chandler Carruth514f34f2012-12-17 04:07:30 +00002560 /// \brief Compute an integer value from splatting an i8 across the given
2561 /// number of bytes.
2562 ///
2563 /// Note that this routine assumes an i8 is a byte. If that isn't true, don't
2564 /// call this routine.
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00002565 /// FIXME: Heed the advice above.
Chandler Carruth514f34f2012-12-17 04:07:30 +00002566 ///
2567 /// \param V The i8 value to splat.
2568 /// \param Size The number of bytes in the output (assuming i8 is one byte)
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002569 Value *getIntegerSplat(Value *V, unsigned Size) {
Chandler Carruth514f34f2012-12-17 04:07:30 +00002570 assert(Size > 0 && "Expected a positive number of bytes.");
2571 IntegerType *VTy = cast<IntegerType>(V->getType());
2572 assert(VTy->getBitWidth() == 8 && "Expected an i8 value for the byte");
2573 if (Size == 1)
2574 return V;
2575
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002576 Type *SplatIntTy = Type::getIntNTy(VTy->getContext(), Size * 8);
2577 V = IRB.CreateMul(
2578 IRB.CreateZExt(V, SplatIntTy, "zext"),
2579 ConstantExpr::getUDiv(
2580 Constant::getAllOnesValue(SplatIntTy),
2581 ConstantExpr::getZExt(Constant::getAllOnesValue(V->getType()),
2582 SplatIntTy)),
2583 "isplat");
Chandler Carruth514f34f2012-12-17 04:07:30 +00002584 return V;
2585 }
2586
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002587 /// \brief Compute a vector splat for a given element value.
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002588 Value *getVectorSplat(Value *V, unsigned NumElements) {
2589 V = IRB.CreateVectorSplat(NumElements, V, "vsplat");
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002590 DEBUG(dbgs() << " splat: " << *V << "\n");
2591 return V;
2592 }
2593
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002594 bool visitMemSetInst(MemSetInst &II) {
2595 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << II << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002596 assert(II.getRawDest() == OldPtr);
2597
2598 // If the memset has a variable size, it cannot be split, just adjust the
2599 // pointer to the new alloca.
2600 if (!isa<Constant>(II.getLength())) {
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002601 assert(!IsSplit);
Chandler Carruth735d5be2014-02-26 04:45:24 +00002602 assert(NewBeginOffset == BeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002603 II.setDest(getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType()));
Pete Cooper67cf9a72015-11-19 05:56:52 +00002604 Type *CstTy = II.getAlignmentCst()->getType();
2605 II.setAlignment(ConstantInt::get(CstTy, getSliceAlign()));
Chandler Carruth208124f2012-09-26 10:59:22 +00002606
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002607 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldPtr);
2608 return false;
2609 }
2610
2611 // Record this instruction for deletion.
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002612 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002613
2614 Type *AllocaTy = NewAI.getAllocatedType();
2615 Type *ScalarTy = AllocaTy->getScalarType();
2616
2617 // If this doesn't map cleanly onto the alloca type, and that type isn't
2618 // a single value type, just emit a memset.
Chandler Carruth9d966a22012-10-15 10:24:40 +00002619 if (!VecTy && !IntTy &&
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002620 (BeginOffset > NewAllocaBeginOffset || EndOffset < NewAllocaEndOffset ||
Reid Klecknerc36f48f2014-08-22 00:09:56 +00002621 SliceSize != DL.getTypeStoreSize(AllocaTy) ||
Chandler Carruth9d966a22012-10-15 10:24:40 +00002622 !AllocaTy->isSingleValueType() ||
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002623 !DL.isLegalInteger(DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ScalarTy)) ||
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002624 DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ScalarTy) % 8 != 0)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002625 Type *SizeTy = II.getLength()->getType();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002626 Constant *Size = ConstantInt::get(SizeTy, NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset);
2627 CallInst *New = IRB.CreateMemSet(
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002628 getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType()), II.getValue(), Size,
2629 getSliceAlign(), II.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002630 (void)New;
2631 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *New << "\n");
2632 return false;
2633 }
2634
2635 // If we can represent this as a simple value, we have to build the actual
2636 // value to store, which requires expanding the byte present in memset to
2637 // a sensible representation for the alloca type. This is essentially
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002638 // splatting the byte to a sufficiently wide integer, splatting it across
2639 // any desired vector width, and bitcasting to the final type.
Benjamin Kramerc003a452013-01-01 16:13:35 +00002640 Value *V;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002641
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002642 if (VecTy) {
2643 // If this is a memset of a vectorized alloca, insert it.
2644 assert(ElementTy == ScalarTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002645
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002646 unsigned BeginIndex = getIndex(NewBeginOffset);
2647 unsigned EndIndex = getIndex(NewEndOffset);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002648 assert(EndIndex > BeginIndex && "Empty vector!");
2649 unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
2650 assert(NumElements <= VecTy->getNumElements() && "Too many elements!");
2651
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002652 Value *Splat =
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002653 getIntegerSplat(II.getValue(), DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ElementTy) / 8);
2654 Splat = convertValue(DL, IRB, Splat, ElementTy);
Chandler Carruthcacda252012-12-17 14:03:01 +00002655 if (NumElements > 1)
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002656 Splat = getVectorSplat(Splat, NumElements);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002657
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002658 Value *Old =
2659 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002660 V = insertVector(IRB, Old, Splat, BeginIndex, "vec");
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002661 } else if (IntTy) {
2662 // If this is a memset on an alloca where we can widen stores, insert the
2663 // set integer.
Chandler Carruth9d966a22012-10-15 10:24:40 +00002664 assert(!II.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002665
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002666 uint64_t Size = NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002667 V = getIntegerSplat(II.getValue(), Size);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002668
2669 if (IntTy && (BeginOffset != NewAllocaBeginOffset ||
2670 EndOffset != NewAllocaBeginOffset)) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002671 Value *Old =
2672 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002673 Old = convertValue(DL, IRB, Old, IntTy);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002674 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002675 V = insertInteger(DL, IRB, Old, V, Offset, "insert");
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002676 } else {
2677 assert(V->getType() == IntTy &&
2678 "Wrong type for an alloca wide integer!");
2679 }
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002680 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, AllocaTy);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002681 } else {
2682 // Established these invariants above.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002683 assert(NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset);
2684 assert(NewEndOffset == NewAllocaEndOffset);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002685
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002686 V = getIntegerSplat(II.getValue(), DL.getTypeSizeInBits(ScalarTy) / 8);
Chandler Carruthccca5042012-12-17 04:07:37 +00002687 if (VectorType *AllocaVecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(AllocaTy))
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002688 V = getVectorSplat(V, AllocaVecTy->getNumElements());
Chandler Carruth95e1fb82012-12-17 13:51:03 +00002689
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002690 V = convertValue(DL, IRB, V, AllocaTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002691 }
2692
Chandler Carruth95e1fb82012-12-17 13:51:03 +00002693 Value *New = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(V, &NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(),
Chandler Carruth871ba722012-09-26 10:27:46 +00002694 II.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002695 (void)New;
2696 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *New << "\n");
2697 return !II.isVolatile();
2698 }
2699
2700 bool visitMemTransferInst(MemTransferInst &II) {
2701 // Rewriting of memory transfer instructions can be a bit tricky. We break
2702 // them into two categories: split intrinsics and unsplit intrinsics.
2703
2704 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << II << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002705
Chandler Carruthbb2a9322014-02-25 03:50:14 +00002706 bool IsDest = &II.getRawDestUse() == OldUse;
Alexey Samsonov26af6f72014-02-25 07:56:00 +00002707 assert((IsDest && II.getRawDest() == OldPtr) ||
Chandler Carruthbb2a9322014-02-25 03:50:14 +00002708 (!IsDest && II.getRawSource() == OldPtr));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002709
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00002710 unsigned SliceAlign = getSliceAlign();
Chandler Carruth176ca712012-10-01 12:16:54 +00002711
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002712 // For unsplit intrinsics, we simply modify the source and destination
2713 // pointers in place. This isn't just an optimization, it is a matter of
2714 // correctness. With unsplit intrinsics we may be dealing with transfers
2715 // within a single alloca before SROA ran, or with transfers that have
2716 // a variable length. We may also be dealing with memmove instead of
2717 // memcpy, and so simply updating the pointers is the necessary for us to
2718 // update both source and dest of a single call.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002719 if (!IsSplittable) {
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002720 Value *AdjustedPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType());
Pete Cooper67cf9a72015-11-19 05:56:52 +00002721 if (IsDest)
Chandler Carruth8183a502014-02-25 11:08:02 +00002722 II.setDest(AdjustedPtr);
Pete Cooper67cf9a72015-11-19 05:56:52 +00002723 else
Chandler Carruth8183a502014-02-25 11:08:02 +00002724 II.setSource(AdjustedPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002725
Pete Cooper67cf9a72015-11-19 05:56:52 +00002726 if (II.getAlignment() > SliceAlign) {
2727 Type *CstTy = II.getAlignmentCst()->getType();
2728 II.setAlignment(
2729 ConstantInt::get(CstTy, MinAlign(II.getAlignment(), SliceAlign)));
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002730 }
Chandler Carruth208124f2012-09-26 10:59:22 +00002731
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002732 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << II << "\n");
Chandler Carruth8183a502014-02-25 11:08:02 +00002733 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002734 return false;
2735 }
2736 // For split transfer intrinsics we have an incredibly useful assurance:
2737 // the source and destination do not reside within the same alloca, and at
2738 // least one of them does not escape. This means that we can replace
2739 // memmove with memcpy, and we don't need to worry about all manner of
2740 // downsides to splitting and transforming the operations.
2741
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002742 // If this doesn't map cleanly onto the alloca type, and that type isn't
2743 // a single value type, just emit a memcpy.
Reid Klecknerc36f48f2014-08-22 00:09:56 +00002744 bool EmitMemCpy =
2745 !VecTy && !IntTy &&
2746 (BeginOffset > NewAllocaBeginOffset || EndOffset < NewAllocaEndOffset ||
2747 SliceSize != DL.getTypeStoreSize(NewAI.getAllocatedType()) ||
2748 !NewAI.getAllocatedType()->isSingleValueType());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002749
2750 // If we're just going to emit a memcpy, the alloca hasn't changed, and the
2751 // size hasn't been shrunk based on analysis of the viable range, this is
2752 // a no-op.
2753 if (EmitMemCpy && &OldAI == &NewAI) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002754 // Ensure the start lines up.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002755 assert(NewBeginOffset == BeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002756
2757 // Rewrite the size as needed.
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002758 if (NewEndOffset != EndOffset)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002759 II.setLength(ConstantInt::get(II.getLength()->getType(),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002760 NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002761 return false;
2762 }
2763 // Record this instruction for deletion.
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002764 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002765
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002766 // Strip all inbounds GEPs and pointer casts to try to dig out any root
2767 // alloca that should be re-examined after rewriting this instruction.
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002768 Value *OtherPtr = IsDest ? II.getRawSource() : II.getRawDest();
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002769 if (AllocaInst *AI =
2770 dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(OtherPtr->stripInBoundsOffsets())) {
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00002771 assert(AI != &OldAI && AI != &NewAI &&
2772 "Splittable transfers cannot reach the same alloca on both ends.");
Chandler Carruth4bd8f662012-09-26 07:41:40 +00002773 Pass.Worklist.insert(AI);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00002774 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002775
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00002776 Type *OtherPtrTy = OtherPtr->getType();
2777 unsigned OtherAS = OtherPtrTy->getPointerAddressSpace();
2778
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002779 // Compute the relative offset for the other pointer within the transfer.
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00002780 unsigned IntPtrWidth = DL.getPointerSizeInBits(OtherAS);
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002781 APInt OtherOffset(IntPtrWidth, NewBeginOffset - BeginOffset);
Pete Cooper67cf9a72015-11-19 05:56:52 +00002782 unsigned OtherAlign = MinAlign(II.getAlignment() ? II.getAlignment() : 1,
2783 OtherOffset.zextOrTrunc(64).getZExtValue());
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002784
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002785 if (EmitMemCpy) {
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002786 // Compute the other pointer, folding as much as possible to produce
2787 // a single, simple GEP in most cases.
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002788 OtherPtr = getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, OtherPtr, OtherOffset, OtherPtrTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00002789 OtherPtr->getName() + ".");
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002790
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002791 Value *OurPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002792 Type *SizeTy = II.getLength()->getType();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002793 Constant *Size = ConstantInt::get(SizeTy, NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002794
Pete Cooper67cf9a72015-11-19 05:56:52 +00002795 CallInst *New = IRB.CreateMemCpy(
2796 IsDest ? OurPtr : OtherPtr, IsDest ? OtherPtr : OurPtr, Size,
2797 MinAlign(SliceAlign, OtherAlign), II.isVolatile());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002798 (void)New;
2799 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *New << "\n");
2800 return false;
2801 }
2802
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002803 bool IsWholeAlloca = NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset &&
2804 NewEndOffset == NewAllocaEndOffset;
2805 uint64_t Size = NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset;
2806 unsigned BeginIndex = VecTy ? getIndex(NewBeginOffset) : 0;
2807 unsigned EndIndex = VecTy ? getIndex(NewEndOffset) : 0;
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002808 unsigned NumElements = EndIndex - BeginIndex;
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002809 IntegerType *SubIntTy =
2810 IntTy ? Type::getIntNTy(IntTy->getContext(), Size * 8) : nullptr;
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002811
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00002812 // Reset the other pointer type to match the register type we're going to
2813 // use, but using the address space of the original other pointer.
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002814 if (VecTy && !IsWholeAlloca) {
2815 if (NumElements == 1)
2816 OtherPtrTy = VecTy->getElementType();
2817 else
2818 OtherPtrTy = VectorType::get(VecTy->getElementType(), NumElements);
2819
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00002820 OtherPtrTy = OtherPtrTy->getPointerTo(OtherAS);
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002821 } else if (IntTy && !IsWholeAlloca) {
Chandler Carruth286d87e2014-02-26 08:25:02 +00002822 OtherPtrTy = SubIntTy->getPointerTo(OtherAS);
2823 } else {
2824 OtherPtrTy = NewAllocaTy->getPointerTo(OtherAS);
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002825 }
2826
Chandler Carruth181ed052014-02-26 05:33:36 +00002827 Value *SrcPtr = getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, OtherPtr, OtherOffset, OtherPtrTy,
Chandler Carruthcb93cd22014-02-25 11:19:56 +00002828 OtherPtr->getName() + ".");
Pete Cooper67cf9a72015-11-19 05:56:52 +00002829 unsigned SrcAlign = OtherAlign;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002830 Value *DstPtr = &NewAI;
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00002831 unsigned DstAlign = SliceAlign;
2832 if (!IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002833 std::swap(SrcPtr, DstPtr);
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00002834 std::swap(SrcAlign, DstAlign);
2835 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002836
2837 Value *Src;
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002838 if (VecTy && !IsWholeAlloca && !IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002839 Src = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002840 Src = extractVector(IRB, Src, BeginIndex, EndIndex, "vec");
Chandler Carruth49c8eea2012-10-15 10:24:43 +00002841 } else if (IntTy && !IsWholeAlloca && !IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002842 Src = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "load");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002843 Src = convertValue(DL, IRB, Src, IntTy);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002844 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002845 Src = extractInteger(DL, IRB, Src, SubIntTy, Offset, "extract");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002846 } else {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002847 Src =
2848 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(SrcPtr, SrcAlign, II.isVolatile(), "copyload");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002849 }
2850
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002851 if (VecTy && !IsWholeAlloca && IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002852 Value *Old =
2853 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth34f0c7f2013-03-21 09:52:18 +00002854 Src = insertVector(IRB, Old, Src, BeginIndex, "vec");
Chandler Carruth21eb4e92012-12-17 14:51:24 +00002855 } else if (IntTy && !IsWholeAlloca && IsDest) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002856 Value *Old =
2857 IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(&NewAI, NewAI.getAlignment(), "oldload");
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002858 Old = convertValue(DL, IRB, Old, IntTy);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002859 uint64_t Offset = NewBeginOffset - NewAllocaBeginOffset;
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00002860 Src = insertInteger(DL, IRB, Old, Src, Offset, "insert");
2861 Src = convertValue(DL, IRB, Src, NewAllocaTy);
Chandler Carruth49c8eea2012-10-15 10:24:43 +00002862 }
2863
Chandler Carruth871ba722012-09-26 10:27:46 +00002864 StoreInst *Store = cast<StoreInst>(
Chandler Carruthaa72b932014-02-26 07:29:54 +00002865 IRB.CreateAlignedStore(Src, DstPtr, DstAlign, II.isVolatile()));
Chandler Carruth871ba722012-09-26 10:27:46 +00002866 (void)Store;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002867 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Store << "\n");
2868 return !II.isVolatile();
2869 }
2870
2871 bool visitIntrinsicInst(IntrinsicInst &II) {
2872 assert(II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_start ||
2873 II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_end);
2874 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << II << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002875 assert(II.getArgOperand(1) == OldPtr);
2876
2877 // Record this instruction for deletion.
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00002878 Pass.DeadInsts.insert(&II);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002879
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00002880 ConstantInt *Size =
2881 ConstantInt::get(cast<IntegerType>(II.getArgOperand(0)->getType()),
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002882 NewEndOffset - NewBeginOffset);
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002883 Value *Ptr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002884 Value *New;
2885 if (II.getIntrinsicID() == Intrinsic::lifetime_start)
2886 New = IRB.CreateLifetimeStart(Ptr, Size);
2887 else
2888 New = IRB.CreateLifetimeEnd(Ptr, Size);
2889
Edwin Vane82f80d42013-01-29 17:42:24 +00002890 (void)New;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002891 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *New << "\n");
Eli Friedman2a65dd12016-08-08 01:30:53 +00002892
2893 // Lifetime intrinsics are only promotable if they cover the whole alloca.
2894 // (In theory, intrinsics which partially cover an alloca could be
2895 // promoted, but PromoteMemToReg doesn't handle that case.)
2896 bool IsWholeAlloca = NewBeginOffset == NewAllocaBeginOffset &&
2897 NewEndOffset == NewAllocaEndOffset;
2898 return IsWholeAlloca;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002899 }
2900
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002901 bool visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) {
2902 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << PN << "\n");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002903 assert(BeginOffset >= NewAllocaBeginOffset && "PHIs are unsplittable");
2904 assert(EndOffset <= NewAllocaEndOffset && "PHIs are unsplittable");
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00002905
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002906 // We would like to compute a new pointer in only one place, but have it be
2907 // as local as possible to the PHI. To do that, we re-use the location of
2908 // the old pointer, which necessarily must be in the right position to
2909 // dominate the PHI.
Chandler Carruth51175532014-02-25 11:12:04 +00002910 IRBuilderTy PtrBuilder(IRB);
David Majnemerd4cffcf2014-09-01 21:20:14 +00002911 if (isa<PHINode>(OldPtr))
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithbe4d8cb2015-10-13 19:26:58 +00002912 PtrBuilder.SetInsertPoint(&*OldPtr->getParent()->getFirstInsertionPt());
David Majnemerd4cffcf2014-09-01 21:20:14 +00002913 else
2914 PtrBuilder.SetInsertPoint(OldPtr);
Chandler Carruth51175532014-02-25 11:12:04 +00002915 PtrBuilder.SetCurrentDebugLocation(OldPtr->getDebugLoc());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002916
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002917 Value *NewPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(PtrBuilder, OldPtr->getType());
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00002918 // Replace the operands which were using the old pointer.
Benjamin Kramer7ddd7052012-10-20 12:04:57 +00002919 std::replace(PN.op_begin(), PN.op_end(), cast<Value>(OldPtr), NewPtr);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002920
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00002921 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << PN << "\n");
2922 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldPtr);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002923
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00002924 // PHIs can't be promoted on their own, but often can be speculated. We
2925 // check the speculation outside of the rewriter so that we see the
2926 // fully-rewritten alloca.
2927 PHIUsers.insert(&PN);
2928 return true;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002929 }
2930
2931 bool visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) {
2932 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << SI << "\n");
Benjamin Kramer0212dc22013-04-21 17:48:39 +00002933 assert((SI.getTrueValue() == OldPtr || SI.getFalseValue() == OldPtr) &&
2934 "Pointer isn't an operand!");
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002935 assert(BeginOffset >= NewAllocaBeginOffset && "Selects are unsplittable");
2936 assert(EndOffset <= NewAllocaEndOffset && "Selects are unsplittable");
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00002937
Chandler Carruth47954c82014-02-26 05:12:43 +00002938 Value *NewPtr = getNewAllocaSlicePtr(IRB, OldPtr->getType());
Benjamin Kramer0212dc22013-04-21 17:48:39 +00002939 // Replace the operands which were using the old pointer.
2940 if (SI.getOperand(1) == OldPtr)
2941 SI.setOperand(1, NewPtr);
2942 if (SI.getOperand(2) == OldPtr)
2943 SI.setOperand(2, NewPtr);
2944
Chandler Carruth82a57542012-10-01 10:54:05 +00002945 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << SI << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002946 deleteIfTriviallyDead(OldPtr);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00002947
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00002948 // Selects can't be promoted on their own, but often can be speculated. We
2949 // check the speculation outside of the rewriter so that we see the
2950 // fully-rewritten alloca.
2951 SelectUsers.insert(&SI);
2952 return true;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002953 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002954};
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00002955
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00002956namespace {
2957/// \brief Visitor to rewrite aggregate loads and stores as scalar.
2958///
2959/// This pass aggressively rewrites all aggregate loads and stores on
2960/// a particular pointer (or any pointer derived from it which we can identify)
2961/// with scalar loads and stores.
2962class AggLoadStoreRewriter : public InstVisitor<AggLoadStoreRewriter, bool> {
2963 // Befriend the base class so it can delegate to private visit methods.
2964 friend class llvm::InstVisitor<AggLoadStoreRewriter, bool>;
2965
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00002966 /// Queue of pointer uses to analyze and potentially rewrite.
2967 SmallVector<Use *, 8> Queue;
2968
2969 /// Set to prevent us from cycling with phi nodes and loops.
2970 SmallPtrSet<User *, 8> Visited;
2971
2972 /// The current pointer use being rewritten. This is used to dig up the used
2973 /// value (as opposed to the user).
2974 Use *U;
2975
2976public:
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00002977 /// Rewrite loads and stores through a pointer and all pointers derived from
2978 /// it.
2979 bool rewrite(Instruction &I) {
2980 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Rewriting FCA loads and stores...\n");
2981 enqueueUsers(I);
2982 bool Changed = false;
2983 while (!Queue.empty()) {
2984 U = Queue.pop_back_val();
2985 Changed |= visit(cast<Instruction>(U->getUser()));
2986 }
2987 return Changed;
2988 }
2989
2990private:
2991 /// Enqueue all the users of the given instruction for further processing.
2992 /// This uses a set to de-duplicate users.
2993 void enqueueUsers(Instruction &I) {
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00002994 for (Use &U : I.uses())
David Blaikie70573dc2014-11-19 07:49:26 +00002995 if (Visited.insert(U.getUser()).second)
Chandler Carruthcdf47882014-03-09 03:16:01 +00002996 Queue.push_back(&U);
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00002997 }
2998
2999 // Conservative default is to not rewrite anything.
3000 bool visitInstruction(Instruction &I) { return false; }
3001
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003002 /// \brief Generic recursive split emission class.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003003 template <typename Derived> class OpSplitter {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003004 protected:
3005 /// The builder used to form new instructions.
Chandler Carruthd177f862013-03-20 07:30:36 +00003006 IRBuilderTy IRB;
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003007 /// The indices which to be used with insert- or extractvalue to select the
3008 /// appropriate value within the aggregate.
3009 SmallVector<unsigned, 4> Indices;
3010 /// The indices to a GEP instruction which will move Ptr to the correct slot
3011 /// within the aggregate.
3012 SmallVector<Value *, 4> GEPIndices;
3013 /// The base pointer of the original op, used as a base for GEPing the
3014 /// split operations.
3015 Value *Ptr;
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003016
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003017 /// Initialize the splitter with an insertion point, Ptr and start with a
3018 /// single zero GEP index.
3019 OpSplitter(Instruction *InsertionPoint, Value *Ptr)
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003020 : IRB(InsertionPoint), GEPIndices(1, IRB.getInt32(0)), Ptr(Ptr) {}
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003021
3022 public:
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003023 /// \brief Generic recursive split emission routine.
3024 ///
3025 /// This method recursively splits an aggregate op (load or store) into
3026 /// scalar or vector ops. It splits recursively until it hits a single value
3027 /// and emits that single value operation via the template argument.
3028 ///
3029 /// The logic of this routine relies on GEPs and insertvalue and
3030 /// extractvalue all operating with the same fundamental index list, merely
3031 /// formatted differently (GEPs need actual values).
3032 ///
3033 /// \param Ty The type being split recursively into smaller ops.
3034 /// \param Agg The aggregate value being built up or stored, depending on
3035 /// whether this is splitting a load or a store respectively.
3036 void emitSplitOps(Type *Ty, Value *&Agg, const Twine &Name) {
3037 if (Ty->isSingleValueType())
Benjamin Kramer73a9e4a2012-09-18 17:06:32 +00003038 return static_cast<Derived *>(this)->emitFunc(Ty, Agg, Name);
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003039
3040 if (ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
3041 unsigned OldSize = Indices.size();
3042 (void)OldSize;
3043 for (unsigned Idx = 0, Size = ATy->getNumElements(); Idx != Size;
3044 ++Idx) {
3045 assert(Indices.size() == OldSize && "Did not return to the old size");
3046 Indices.push_back(Idx);
3047 GEPIndices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(Idx));
3048 emitSplitOps(ATy->getElementType(), Agg, Name + "." + Twine(Idx));
3049 GEPIndices.pop_back();
3050 Indices.pop_back();
3051 }
3052 return;
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003053 }
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003054
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003055 if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty)) {
3056 unsigned OldSize = Indices.size();
3057 (void)OldSize;
3058 for (unsigned Idx = 0, Size = STy->getNumElements(); Idx != Size;
3059 ++Idx) {
3060 assert(Indices.size() == OldSize && "Did not return to the old size");
3061 Indices.push_back(Idx);
3062 GEPIndices.push_back(IRB.getInt32(Idx));
3063 emitSplitOps(STy->getElementType(Idx), Agg, Name + "." + Twine(Idx));
3064 GEPIndices.pop_back();
3065 Indices.pop_back();
3066 }
3067 return;
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003068 }
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003069
3070 llvm_unreachable("Only arrays and structs are aggregate loadable types");
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003071 }
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003072 };
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003073
Benjamin Kramer73a9e4a2012-09-18 17:06:32 +00003074 struct LoadOpSplitter : public OpSplitter<LoadOpSplitter> {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003075 LoadOpSplitter(Instruction *InsertionPoint, Value *Ptr)
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003076 : OpSplitter<LoadOpSplitter>(InsertionPoint, Ptr) {}
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003077
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003078 /// Emit a leaf load of a single value. This is called at the leaves of the
3079 /// recursive emission to actually load values.
Benjamin Kramer73a9e4a2012-09-18 17:06:32 +00003080 void emitFunc(Type *Ty, Value *&Agg, const Twine &Name) {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003081 assert(Ty->isSingleValueType());
3082 // Load the single value and insert it using the indices.
David Blaikieaa41cd52015-04-03 21:33:42 +00003083 Value *GEP =
3084 IRB.CreateInBoundsGEP(nullptr, Ptr, GEPIndices, Name + ".gep");
Jakub Staszak3c6583a2013-02-19 22:14:45 +00003085 Value *Load = IRB.CreateLoad(GEP, Name + ".load");
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003086 Agg = IRB.CreateInsertValue(Agg, Load, Indices, Name + ".insert");
3087 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Load << "\n");
3088 }
3089 };
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003090
3091 bool visitLoadInst(LoadInst &LI) {
3092 assert(LI.getPointerOperand() == *U);
3093 if (!LI.isSimple() || LI.getType()->isSingleValueType())
3094 return false;
3095
3096 // We have an aggregate being loaded, split it apart.
3097 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << LI << "\n");
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003098 LoadOpSplitter Splitter(&LI, *U);
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003099 Value *V = UndefValue::get(LI.getType());
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003100 Splitter.emitSplitOps(LI.getType(), V, LI.getName() + ".fca");
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003101 LI.replaceAllUsesWith(V);
3102 LI.eraseFromParent();
3103 return true;
3104 }
3105
Benjamin Kramer73a9e4a2012-09-18 17:06:32 +00003106 struct StoreOpSplitter : public OpSplitter<StoreOpSplitter> {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003107 StoreOpSplitter(Instruction *InsertionPoint, Value *Ptr)
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003108 : OpSplitter<StoreOpSplitter>(InsertionPoint, Ptr) {}
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003109
3110 /// Emit a leaf store of a single value. This is called at the leaves of the
3111 /// recursive emission to actually produce stores.
Benjamin Kramer73a9e4a2012-09-18 17:06:32 +00003112 void emitFunc(Type *Ty, Value *&Agg, const Twine &Name) {
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003113 assert(Ty->isSingleValueType());
3114 // Extract the single value and store it using the indices.
Patrik Hagglunda83706e2016-06-20 10:19:00 +00003115 //
3116 // The gep and extractvalue values are factored out of the CreateStore
3117 // call to make the output independent of the argument evaluation order.
Patrik Hagglund4e0bd842016-06-20 11:19:58 +00003118 Value *ExtractValue =
3119 IRB.CreateExtractValue(Agg, Indices, Name + ".extract");
3120 Value *InBoundsGEP =
3121 IRB.CreateInBoundsGEP(nullptr, Ptr, GEPIndices, Name + ".gep");
Patrik Hagglunda83706e2016-06-20 10:19:00 +00003122 Value *Store = IRB.CreateStore(ExtractValue, InBoundsGEP);
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003123 (void)Store;
3124 DEBUG(dbgs() << " to: " << *Store << "\n");
3125 }
3126 };
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003127
3128 bool visitStoreInst(StoreInst &SI) {
3129 if (!SI.isSimple() || SI.getPointerOperand() != *U)
3130 return false;
3131 Value *V = SI.getValueOperand();
3132 if (V->getType()->isSingleValueType())
3133 return false;
3134
3135 // We have an aggregate being stored, split it apart.
3136 DEBUG(dbgs() << " original: " << SI << "\n");
Benjamin Kramer65f8c882012-09-18 16:20:46 +00003137 StoreOpSplitter Splitter(&SI, *U);
3138 Splitter.emitSplitOps(V->getType(), V, V->getName() + ".fca");
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003139 SI.eraseFromParent();
3140 return true;
3141 }
3142
3143 bool visitBitCastInst(BitCastInst &BC) {
3144 enqueueUsers(BC);
3145 return false;
3146 }
3147
3148 bool visitGetElementPtrInst(GetElementPtrInst &GEPI) {
3149 enqueueUsers(GEPI);
3150 return false;
3151 }
3152
3153 bool visitPHINode(PHINode &PN) {
3154 enqueueUsers(PN);
3155 return false;
3156 }
3157
3158 bool visitSelectInst(SelectInst &SI) {
3159 enqueueUsers(SI);
3160 return false;
3161 }
3162};
Alexander Kornienkof00654e2015-06-23 09:49:53 +00003163}
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00003164
Chandler Carruthba931992012-10-13 10:49:33 +00003165/// \brief Strip aggregate type wrapping.
3166///
3167/// This removes no-op aggregate types wrapping an underlying type. It will
3168/// strip as many layers of types as it can without changing either the type
3169/// size or the allocated size.
3170static Type *stripAggregateTypeWrapping(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty) {
3171 if (Ty->isSingleValueType())
3172 return Ty;
3173
3174 uint64_t AllocSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty);
3175 uint64_t TypeSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(Ty);
3176
3177 Type *InnerTy;
3178 if (ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(Ty)) {
3179 InnerTy = ArrTy->getElementType();
3180 } else if (StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty)) {
3181 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
3182 unsigned Index = SL->getElementContainingOffset(0);
3183 InnerTy = STy->getElementType(Index);
3184 } else {
3185 return Ty;
3186 }
3187
3188 if (AllocSize > DL.getTypeAllocSize(InnerTy) ||
3189 TypeSize > DL.getTypeSizeInBits(InnerTy))
3190 return Ty;
3191
3192 return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, InnerTy);
3193}
3194
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003195/// \brief Try to find a partition of the aggregate type passed in for a given
3196/// offset and size.
3197///
3198/// This recurses through the aggregate type and tries to compute a subtype
3199/// based on the offset and size. When the offset and size span a sub-section
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003200/// of an array, it will even compute a new array type for that sub-section,
3201/// and the same for structs.
3202///
3203/// Note that this routine is very strict and tries to find a partition of the
3204/// type which produces the *exact* right offset and size. It is not forgiving
3205/// when the size or offset cause either end of type-based partition to be off.
3206/// Also, this is a best-effort routine. It is reasonable to give up and not
3207/// return a type if necessary.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003208static Type *getTypePartition(const DataLayout &DL, Type *Ty, uint64_t Offset,
3209 uint64_t Size) {
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003210 if (Offset == 0 && DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty) == Size)
3211 return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, Ty);
3212 if (Offset > DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty) ||
3213 (DL.getTypeAllocSize(Ty) - Offset) < Size)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003214 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003215
3216 if (SequentialType *SeqTy = dyn_cast<SequentialType>(Ty)) {
3217 // We can't partition pointers...
3218 if (SeqTy->isPointerTy())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003219 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003220
3221 Type *ElementTy = SeqTy->getElementType();
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003222 uint64_t ElementSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003223 uint64_t NumSkippedElements = Offset / ElementSize;
Jakub Staszak4f9d1e82013-03-24 09:56:28 +00003224 if (ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<ArrayType>(SeqTy)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003225 if (NumSkippedElements >= ArrTy->getNumElements())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003226 return nullptr;
Jakub Staszak4f9d1e82013-03-24 09:56:28 +00003227 } else if (VectorType *VecTy = dyn_cast<VectorType>(SeqTy)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003228 if (NumSkippedElements >= VecTy->getNumElements())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003229 return nullptr;
Jakub Staszak4f9d1e82013-03-24 09:56:28 +00003230 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003231 Offset -= NumSkippedElements * ElementSize;
3232
3233 // First check if we need to recurse.
3234 if (Offset > 0 || Size < ElementSize) {
3235 // Bail if the partition ends in a different array element.
3236 if ((Offset + Size) > ElementSize)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003237 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003238 // Recurse through the element type trying to peel off offset bytes.
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003239 return getTypePartition(DL, ElementTy, Offset, Size);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003240 }
3241 assert(Offset == 0);
3242
3243 if (Size == ElementSize)
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003244 return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, ElementTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003245 assert(Size > ElementSize);
3246 uint64_t NumElements = Size / ElementSize;
3247 if (NumElements * ElementSize != Size)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003248 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003249 return ArrayType::get(ElementTy, NumElements);
3250 }
3251
3252 StructType *STy = dyn_cast<StructType>(Ty);
3253 if (!STy)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003254 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003255
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003256 const StructLayout *SL = DL.getStructLayout(STy);
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003257 if (Offset >= SL->getSizeInBytes())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003258 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003259 uint64_t EndOffset = Offset + Size;
3260 if (EndOffset > SL->getSizeInBytes())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003261 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003262
3263 unsigned Index = SL->getElementContainingOffset(Offset);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003264 Offset -= SL->getElementOffset(Index);
3265
3266 Type *ElementTy = STy->getElementType(Index);
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003267 uint64_t ElementSize = DL.getTypeAllocSize(ElementTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003268 if (Offset >= ElementSize)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003269 return nullptr; // The offset points into alignment padding.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003270
3271 // See if any partition must be contained by the element.
3272 if (Offset > 0 || Size < ElementSize) {
3273 if ((Offset + Size) > ElementSize)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003274 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003275 return getTypePartition(DL, ElementTy, Offset, Size);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003276 }
3277 assert(Offset == 0);
3278
3279 if (Size == ElementSize)
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003280 return stripAggregateTypeWrapping(DL, ElementTy);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003281
3282 StructType::element_iterator EI = STy->element_begin() + Index,
3283 EE = STy->element_end();
3284 if (EndOffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) {
3285 unsigned EndIndex = SL->getElementContainingOffset(EndOffset);
3286 if (Index == EndIndex)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003287 return nullptr; // Within a single element and its padding.
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003288
3289 // Don't try to form "natural" types if the elements don't line up with the
3290 // expected size.
3291 // FIXME: We could potentially recurse down through the last element in the
3292 // sub-struct to find a natural end point.
3293 if (SL->getElementOffset(EndIndex) != EndOffset)
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003294 return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003295
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003296 assert(Index < EndIndex);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003297 EE = STy->element_begin() + EndIndex;
3298 }
3299
3300 // Try to build up a sub-structure.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00003301 StructType *SubTy =
3302 StructType::get(STy->getContext(), makeArrayRef(EI, EE), STy->isPacked());
Chandler Carruth90a735d2013-07-19 07:21:28 +00003303 const StructLayout *SubSL = DL.getStructLayout(SubTy);
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003304 if (Size != SubSL->getSizeInBytes())
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003305 return nullptr; // The sub-struct doesn't have quite the size needed.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003306
Chandler Carruth054a40a2012-09-14 11:08:31 +00003307 return SubTy;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003308}
3309
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003310/// \brief Pre-split loads and stores to simplify rewriting.
3311///
3312/// We want to break up the splittable load+store pairs as much as
3313/// possible. This is important to do as a preprocessing step, as once we
3314/// start rewriting the accesses to partitions of the alloca we lose the
3315/// necessary information to correctly split apart paired loads and stores
3316/// which both point into this alloca. The case to consider is something like
3317/// the following:
3318///
3319/// %a = alloca [12 x i8]
3320/// %gep1 = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %a, i32 0, i32 0
3321/// %gep2 = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %a, i32 0, i32 4
3322/// %gep3 = getelementptr [12 x i8]* %a, i32 0, i32 8
3323/// %iptr1 = bitcast i8* %gep1 to i64*
3324/// %iptr2 = bitcast i8* %gep2 to i64*
3325/// %fptr1 = bitcast i8* %gep1 to float*
3326/// %fptr2 = bitcast i8* %gep2 to float*
3327/// %fptr3 = bitcast i8* %gep3 to float*
3328/// store float 0.0, float* %fptr1
3329/// store float 1.0, float* %fptr2
3330/// %v = load i64* %iptr1
3331/// store i64 %v, i64* %iptr2
3332/// %f1 = load float* %fptr2
3333/// %f2 = load float* %fptr3
3334///
3335/// Here we want to form 3 partitions of the alloca, each 4 bytes large, and
3336/// promote everything so we recover the 2 SSA values that should have been
3337/// there all along.
3338///
3339/// \returns true if any changes are made.
3340bool SROA::presplitLoadsAndStores(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS) {
3341 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Pre-splitting loads and stores\n");
3342
3343 // Track the loads and stores which are candidates for pre-splitting here, in
3344 // the order they first appear during the partition scan. These give stable
3345 // iteration order and a basis for tracking which loads and stores we
3346 // actually split.
3347 SmallVector<LoadInst *, 4> Loads;
3348 SmallVector<StoreInst *, 4> Stores;
3349
3350 // We need to accumulate the splits required of each load or store where we
3351 // can find them via a direct lookup. This is important to cross-check loads
3352 // and stores against each other. We also track the slice so that we can kill
3353 // all the slices that end up split.
3354 struct SplitOffsets {
3355 Slice *S;
3356 std::vector<uint64_t> Splits;
3357 };
3358 SmallDenseMap<Instruction *, SplitOffsets, 8> SplitOffsetsMap;
3359
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003360 // Track loads out of this alloca which cannot, for any reason, be pre-split.
3361 // This is important as we also cannot pre-split stores of those loads!
3362 // FIXME: This is all pretty gross. It means that we can be more aggressive
3363 // in pre-splitting when the load feeding the store happens to come from
3364 // a separate alloca. Put another way, the effectiveness of SROA would be
3365 // decreased by a frontend which just concatenated all of its local allocas
3366 // into one big flat alloca. But defeating such patterns is exactly the job
3367 // SROA is tasked with! Sadly, to not have this discrepancy we would have
3368 // change store pre-splitting to actually force pre-splitting of the load
3369 // that feeds it *and all stores*. That makes pre-splitting much harder, but
3370 // maybe it would make it more principled?
3371 SmallPtrSet<LoadInst *, 8> UnsplittableLoads;
3372
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003373 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Searching for candidate loads and stores\n");
3374 for (auto &P : AS.partitions()) {
3375 for (Slice &S : P) {
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003376 Instruction *I = cast<Instruction>(S.getUse()->getUser());
Chandler Carruth37f1f122016-03-10 15:31:17 +00003377 if (!S.isSplittable() || S.endOffset() <= P.endOffset()) {
3378 // If this is a load we have to track that it can't participate in any
3379 // pre-splitting. If this is a store of a load we have to track that
3380 // that load also can't participate in any pre-splitting.
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003381 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I))
3382 UnsplittableLoads.insert(LI);
Chandler Carruth37f1f122016-03-10 15:31:17 +00003383 else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I))
3384 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(SI->getValueOperand()))
3385 UnsplittableLoads.insert(LI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003386 continue;
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003387 }
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003388 assert(P.endOffset() > S.beginOffset() &&
3389 "Empty or backwards partition!");
3390
3391 // Determine if this is a pre-splittable slice.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003392 if (auto *LI = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(I)) {
3393 assert(!LI->isVolatile() && "Cannot split volatile loads!");
3394
3395 // The load must be used exclusively to store into other pointers for
3396 // us to be able to arbitrarily pre-split it. The stores must also be
3397 // simple to avoid changing semantics.
3398 auto IsLoadSimplyStored = [](LoadInst *LI) {
3399 for (User *LU : LI->users()) {
3400 auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(LU);
3401 if (!SI || !SI->isSimple())
3402 return false;
3403 }
3404 return true;
3405 };
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003406 if (!IsLoadSimplyStored(LI)) {
3407 UnsplittableLoads.insert(LI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003408 continue;
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003409 }
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003410
3411 Loads.push_back(LI);
Chandler Carruthd94a5962016-03-10 14:16:18 +00003412 } else if (auto *SI = dyn_cast<StoreInst>(I)) {
3413 if (S.getUse() != &SI->getOperandUse(SI->getPointerOperandIndex()))
3414 // Skip stores *of* pointers. FIXME: This shouldn't even be possible!
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003415 continue;
3416 auto *StoredLoad = dyn_cast<LoadInst>(SI->getValueOperand());
3417 if (!StoredLoad || !StoredLoad->isSimple())
3418 continue;
3419 assert(!SI->isVolatile() && "Cannot split volatile stores!");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003420
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003421 Stores.push_back(SI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003422 } else {
3423 // Other uses cannot be pre-split.
3424 continue;
3425 }
3426
3427 // Record the initial split.
3428 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Candidate: " << *I << "\n");
3429 auto &Offsets = SplitOffsetsMap[I];
3430 assert(Offsets.Splits.empty() &&
3431 "Should not have splits the first time we see an instruction!");
3432 Offsets.S = &S;
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003433 Offsets.Splits.push_back(P.endOffset() - S.beginOffset());
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003434 }
3435
3436 // Now scan the already split slices, and add a split for any of them which
3437 // we're going to pre-split.
3438 for (Slice *S : P.splitSliceTails()) {
3439 auto SplitOffsetsMapI =
3440 SplitOffsetsMap.find(cast<Instruction>(S->getUse()->getUser()));
3441 if (SplitOffsetsMapI == SplitOffsetsMap.end())
3442 continue;
3443 auto &Offsets = SplitOffsetsMapI->second;
3444
3445 assert(Offsets.S == S && "Found a mismatched slice!");
3446 assert(!Offsets.Splits.empty() &&
3447 "Cannot have an empty set of splits on the second partition!");
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003448 assert(Offsets.Splits.back() ==
3449 P.beginOffset() - Offsets.S->beginOffset() &&
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003450 "Previous split does not end where this one begins!");
3451
3452 // Record each split. The last partition's end isn't needed as the size
3453 // of the slice dictates that.
3454 if (S->endOffset() > P.endOffset())
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003455 Offsets.Splits.push_back(P.endOffset() - Offsets.S->beginOffset());
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003456 }
3457 }
3458
3459 // We may have split loads where some of their stores are split stores. For
3460 // such loads and stores, we can only pre-split them if their splits exactly
3461 // match relative to their starting offset. We have to verify this prior to
3462 // any rewriting.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003463 Stores.erase(
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003464 std::remove_if(Stores.begin(), Stores.end(),
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003465 [&UnsplittableLoads, &SplitOffsetsMap](StoreInst *SI) {
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003466 // Lookup the load we are storing in our map of split
3467 // offsets.
3468 auto *LI = cast<LoadInst>(SI->getValueOperand());
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003469 // If it was completely unsplittable, then we're done,
3470 // and this store can't be pre-split.
3471 if (UnsplittableLoads.count(LI))
3472 return true;
3473
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003474 auto LoadOffsetsI = SplitOffsetsMap.find(LI);
3475 if (LoadOffsetsI == SplitOffsetsMap.end())
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003476 return false; // Unrelated loads are definitely safe.
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003477 auto &LoadOffsets = LoadOffsetsI->second;
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003478
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003479 // Now lookup the store's offsets.
3480 auto &StoreOffsets = SplitOffsetsMap[SI];
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003481
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003482 // If the relative offsets of each split in the load and
3483 // store match exactly, then we can split them and we
3484 // don't need to remove them here.
3485 if (LoadOffsets.Splits == StoreOffsets.Splits)
3486 return false;
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003487
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003488 DEBUG(dbgs()
3489 << " Mismatched splits for load and store:\n"
3490 << " " << *LI << "\n"
3491 << " " << *SI << "\n");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003492
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003493 // We've found a store and load that we need to split
3494 // with mismatched relative splits. Just give up on them
3495 // and remove both instructions from our list of
3496 // candidates.
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003497 UnsplittableLoads.insert(LI);
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003498 return true;
3499 }),
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003500 Stores.end());
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00003501 // Now we have to go *back* through all the stores, because a later store may
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003502 // have caused an earlier store's load to become unsplittable and if it is
3503 // unsplittable for the later store, then we can't rely on it being split in
3504 // the earlier store either.
3505 Stores.erase(std::remove_if(Stores.begin(), Stores.end(),
3506 [&UnsplittableLoads](StoreInst *SI) {
3507 auto *LI =
3508 cast<LoadInst>(SI->getValueOperand());
3509 return UnsplittableLoads.count(LI);
3510 }),
3511 Stores.end());
3512 // Once we've established all the loads that can't be split for some reason,
3513 // filter any that made it into our list out.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003514 Loads.erase(std::remove_if(Loads.begin(), Loads.end(),
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003515 [&UnsplittableLoads](LoadInst *LI) {
3516 return UnsplittableLoads.count(LI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003517 }),
3518 Loads.end());
3519
Chandler Carruth73b01642015-01-05 04:17:53 +00003520
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003521 // If no loads or stores are left, there is no pre-splitting to be done for
3522 // this alloca.
3523 if (Loads.empty() && Stores.empty())
3524 return false;
3525
3526 // From here on, we can't fail and will be building new accesses, so rig up
3527 // an IR builder.
3528 IRBuilderTy IRB(&AI);
3529
3530 // Collect the new slices which we will merge into the alloca slices.
3531 SmallVector<Slice, 4> NewSlices;
3532
3533 // Track any allocas we end up splitting loads and stores for so we iterate
3534 // on them.
3535 SmallPtrSet<AllocaInst *, 4> ResplitPromotableAllocas;
3536
3537 // At this point, we have collected all of the loads and stores we can
3538 // pre-split, and the specific splits needed for them. We actually do the
3539 // splitting in a specific order in order to handle when one of the loads in
3540 // the value operand to one of the stores.
3541 //
3542 // First, we rewrite all of the split loads, and just accumulate each split
3543 // load in a parallel structure. We also build the slices for them and append
3544 // them to the alloca slices.
3545 SmallDenseMap<LoadInst *, std::vector<LoadInst *>, 1> SplitLoadsMap;
3546 std::vector<LoadInst *> SplitLoads;
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003547 const DataLayout &DL = AI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003548 for (LoadInst *LI : Loads) {
3549 SplitLoads.clear();
3550
3551 IntegerType *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(LI->getType());
3552 uint64_t LoadSize = Ty->getBitWidth() / 8;
3553 assert(LoadSize > 0 && "Cannot have a zero-sized integer load!");
3554
3555 auto &Offsets = SplitOffsetsMap[LI];
3556 assert(LoadSize == Offsets.S->endOffset() - Offsets.S->beginOffset() &&
3557 "Slice size should always match load size exactly!");
3558 uint64_t BaseOffset = Offsets.S->beginOffset();
3559 assert(BaseOffset + LoadSize > BaseOffset &&
3560 "Cannot represent alloca access size using 64-bit integers!");
3561
3562 Instruction *BasePtr = cast<Instruction>(LI->getPointerOperand());
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithbe4d8cb2015-10-13 19:26:58 +00003563 IRB.SetInsertPoint(LI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003564
3565 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Splitting load: " << *LI << "\n");
3566
3567 uint64_t PartOffset = 0, PartSize = Offsets.Splits.front();
3568 int Idx = 0, Size = Offsets.Splits.size();
3569 for (;;) {
3570 auto *PartTy = Type::getIntNTy(Ty->getContext(), PartSize * 8);
3571 auto *PartPtrTy = PartTy->getPointerTo(LI->getPointerAddressSpace());
3572 LoadInst *PLoad = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003573 getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, BasePtr,
3574 APInt(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(), PartOffset),
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003575 PartPtrTy, BasePtr->getName() + "."),
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003576 getAdjustedAlignment(LI, PartOffset, DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false,
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003577 LI->getName());
3578
3579 // Append this load onto the list of split loads so we can find it later
3580 // to rewrite the stores.
3581 SplitLoads.push_back(PLoad);
3582
3583 // Now build a new slice for the alloca.
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003584 NewSlices.push_back(
3585 Slice(BaseOffset + PartOffset, BaseOffset + PartOffset + PartSize,
3586 &PLoad->getOperandUse(PLoad->getPointerOperandIndex()),
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003587 /*IsSplittable*/ false));
Chandler Carruth6044c0b2015-01-01 12:56:47 +00003588 DEBUG(dbgs() << " new slice [" << NewSlices.back().beginOffset()
3589 << ", " << NewSlices.back().endOffset() << "): " << *PLoad
3590 << "\n");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003591
Chandler Carruth29c22fa2015-01-02 00:10:22 +00003592 // See if we've handled all the splits.
3593 if (Idx >= Size)
3594 break;
3595
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003596 // Setup the next partition.
3597 PartOffset = Offsets.Splits[Idx];
3598 ++Idx;
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003599 PartSize = (Idx < Size ? Offsets.Splits[Idx] : LoadSize) - PartOffset;
3600 }
3601
3602 // Now that we have the split loads, do the slow walk over all uses of the
3603 // load and rewrite them as split stores, or save the split loads to use
3604 // below if the store is going to be split there anyways.
3605 bool DeferredStores = false;
3606 for (User *LU : LI->users()) {
3607 StoreInst *SI = cast<StoreInst>(LU);
3608 if (!Stores.empty() && SplitOffsetsMap.count(SI)) {
3609 DeferredStores = true;
3610 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Deferred splitting of store: " << *SI << "\n");
3611 continue;
3612 }
3613
Chandler Carruthc39eaa52015-01-01 23:26:16 +00003614 Value *StoreBasePtr = SI->getPointerOperand();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithbe4d8cb2015-10-13 19:26:58 +00003615 IRB.SetInsertPoint(SI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003616
3617 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Splitting store of load: " << *SI << "\n");
3618
3619 for (int Idx = 0, Size = SplitLoads.size(); Idx < Size; ++Idx) {
3620 LoadInst *PLoad = SplitLoads[Idx];
3621 uint64_t PartOffset = Idx == 0 ? 0 : Offsets.Splits[Idx - 1];
Chandler Carruth994cde82015-01-01 12:01:03 +00003622 auto *PartPtrTy =
3623 PLoad->getType()->getPointerTo(SI->getPointerAddressSpace());
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003624
3625 StoreInst *PStore = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003626 PLoad, getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, StoreBasePtr,
3627 APInt(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(), PartOffset),
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003628 PartPtrTy, StoreBasePtr->getName() + "."),
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003629 getAdjustedAlignment(SI, PartOffset, DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003630 (void)PStore;
3631 DEBUG(dbgs() << " +" << PartOffset << ":" << *PStore << "\n");
3632 }
3633
3634 // We want to immediately iterate on any allocas impacted by splitting
3635 // this store, and we have to track any promotable alloca (indicated by
3636 // a direct store) as needing to be resplit because it is no longer
3637 // promotable.
3638 if (AllocaInst *OtherAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(StoreBasePtr)) {
3639 ResplitPromotableAllocas.insert(OtherAI);
3640 Worklist.insert(OtherAI);
3641 } else if (AllocaInst *OtherAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(
3642 StoreBasePtr->stripInBoundsOffsets())) {
3643 Worklist.insert(OtherAI);
3644 }
3645
3646 // Mark the original store as dead.
3647 DeadInsts.insert(SI);
3648 }
3649
3650 // Save the split loads if there are deferred stores among the users.
3651 if (DeferredStores)
3652 SplitLoadsMap.insert(std::make_pair(LI, std::move(SplitLoads)));
3653
3654 // Mark the original load as dead and kill the original slice.
3655 DeadInsts.insert(LI);
3656 Offsets.S->kill();
3657 }
3658
3659 // Second, we rewrite all of the split stores. At this point, we know that
3660 // all loads from this alloca have been split already. For stores of such
3661 // loads, we can simply look up the pre-existing split loads. For stores of
3662 // other loads, we split those loads first and then write split stores of
3663 // them.
3664 for (StoreInst *SI : Stores) {
3665 auto *LI = cast<LoadInst>(SI->getValueOperand());
3666 IntegerType *Ty = cast<IntegerType>(LI->getType());
3667 uint64_t StoreSize = Ty->getBitWidth() / 8;
3668 assert(StoreSize > 0 && "Cannot have a zero-sized integer store!");
3669
3670 auto &Offsets = SplitOffsetsMap[SI];
3671 assert(StoreSize == Offsets.S->endOffset() - Offsets.S->beginOffset() &&
3672 "Slice size should always match load size exactly!");
3673 uint64_t BaseOffset = Offsets.S->beginOffset();
3674 assert(BaseOffset + StoreSize > BaseOffset &&
3675 "Cannot represent alloca access size using 64-bit integers!");
3676
Chandler Carruthc39eaa52015-01-01 23:26:16 +00003677 Value *LoadBasePtr = LI->getPointerOperand();
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003678 Instruction *StoreBasePtr = cast<Instruction>(SI->getPointerOperand());
3679
3680 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Splitting store: " << *SI << "\n");
3681
3682 // Check whether we have an already split load.
3683 auto SplitLoadsMapI = SplitLoadsMap.find(LI);
3684 std::vector<LoadInst *> *SplitLoads = nullptr;
3685 if (SplitLoadsMapI != SplitLoadsMap.end()) {
3686 SplitLoads = &SplitLoadsMapI->second;
3687 assert(SplitLoads->size() == Offsets.Splits.size() + 1 &&
3688 "Too few split loads for the number of splits in the store!");
3689 } else {
3690 DEBUG(dbgs() << " of load: " << *LI << "\n");
3691 }
3692
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003693 uint64_t PartOffset = 0, PartSize = Offsets.Splits.front();
3694 int Idx = 0, Size = Offsets.Splits.size();
3695 for (;;) {
3696 auto *PartTy = Type::getIntNTy(Ty->getContext(), PartSize * 8);
3697 auto *PartPtrTy = PartTy->getPointerTo(SI->getPointerAddressSpace());
3698
3699 // Either lookup a split load or create one.
3700 LoadInst *PLoad;
3701 if (SplitLoads) {
3702 PLoad = (*SplitLoads)[Idx];
3703 } else {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithbe4d8cb2015-10-13 19:26:58 +00003704 IRB.SetInsertPoint(LI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003705 PLoad = IRB.CreateAlignedLoad(
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003706 getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, LoadBasePtr,
3707 APInt(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(), PartOffset),
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003708 PartPtrTy, LoadBasePtr->getName() + "."),
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003709 getAdjustedAlignment(LI, PartOffset, DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false,
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003710 LI->getName());
3711 }
3712
3713 // And store this partition.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithbe4d8cb2015-10-13 19:26:58 +00003714 IRB.SetInsertPoint(SI);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003715 StoreInst *PStore = IRB.CreateAlignedStore(
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003716 PLoad, getAdjustedPtr(IRB, DL, StoreBasePtr,
3717 APInt(DL.getPointerSizeInBits(), PartOffset),
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003718 PartPtrTy, StoreBasePtr->getName() + "."),
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003719 getAdjustedAlignment(SI, PartOffset, DL), /*IsVolatile*/ false);
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003720
3721 // Now build a new slice for the alloca.
3722 NewSlices.push_back(
3723 Slice(BaseOffset + PartOffset, BaseOffset + PartOffset + PartSize,
3724 &PStore->getOperandUse(PStore->getPointerOperandIndex()),
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003725 /*IsSplittable*/ false));
Chandler Carruth6044c0b2015-01-01 12:56:47 +00003726 DEBUG(dbgs() << " new slice [" << NewSlices.back().beginOffset()
3727 << ", " << NewSlices.back().endOffset() << "): " << *PStore
3728 << "\n");
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003729 if (!SplitLoads) {
3730 DEBUG(dbgs() << " of split load: " << *PLoad << "\n");
3731 }
3732
Chandler Carruth29c22fa2015-01-02 00:10:22 +00003733 // See if we've finished all the splits.
3734 if (Idx >= Size)
3735 break;
3736
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003737 // Setup the next partition.
3738 PartOffset = Offsets.Splits[Idx];
3739 ++Idx;
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003740 PartSize = (Idx < Size ? Offsets.Splits[Idx] : StoreSize) - PartOffset;
3741 }
3742
3743 // We want to immediately iterate on any allocas impacted by splitting
3744 // this load, which is only relevant if it isn't a load of this alloca and
3745 // thus we didn't already split the loads above. We also have to keep track
3746 // of any promotable allocas we split loads on as they can no longer be
3747 // promoted.
3748 if (!SplitLoads) {
3749 if (AllocaInst *OtherAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(LoadBasePtr)) {
3750 assert(OtherAI != &AI && "We can't re-split our own alloca!");
3751 ResplitPromotableAllocas.insert(OtherAI);
3752 Worklist.insert(OtherAI);
3753 } else if (AllocaInst *OtherAI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(
3754 LoadBasePtr->stripInBoundsOffsets())) {
3755 assert(OtherAI != &AI && "We can't re-split our own alloca!");
3756 Worklist.insert(OtherAI);
3757 }
3758 }
3759
3760 // Mark the original store as dead now that we've split it up and kill its
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003761 // slice. Note that we leave the original load in place unless this store
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00003762 // was its only use. It may in turn be split up if it is an alloca load
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003763 // for some other alloca, but it may be a normal load. This may introduce
3764 // redundant loads, but where those can be merged the rest of the optimizer
3765 // should handle the merging, and this uncovers SSA splits which is more
3766 // important. In practice, the original loads will almost always be fully
3767 // split and removed eventually, and the splits will be merged by any
3768 // trivial CSE, including instcombine.
3769 if (LI->hasOneUse()) {
3770 assert(*LI->user_begin() == SI && "Single use isn't this store!");
3771 DeadInsts.insert(LI);
3772 }
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003773 DeadInsts.insert(SI);
3774 Offsets.S->kill();
3775 }
3776
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003777 // Remove the killed slices that have ben pre-split.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003778 AS.erase(std::remove_if(AS.begin(), AS.end(), [](const Slice &S) {
3779 return S.isDead();
3780 }), AS.end());
3781
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003782 // Insert our new slices. This will sort and merge them into the sorted
3783 // sequence.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003784 AS.insert(NewSlices);
3785
3786 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Pre-split slices:\n");
3787#ifndef NDEBUG
3788 for (auto I = AS.begin(), E = AS.end(); I != E; ++I)
3789 DEBUG(AS.print(dbgs(), I, " "));
3790#endif
3791
3792 // Finally, don't try to promote any allocas that new require re-splitting.
3793 // They have already been added to the worklist above.
3794 PromotableAllocas.erase(
3795 std::remove_if(
3796 PromotableAllocas.begin(), PromotableAllocas.end(),
3797 [&](AllocaInst *AI) { return ResplitPromotableAllocas.count(AI); }),
3798 PromotableAllocas.end());
3799
3800 return true;
3801}
3802
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003803/// \brief Rewrite an alloca partition's users.
3804///
3805/// This routine drives both of the rewriting goals of the SROA pass. It tries
3806/// to rewrite uses of an alloca partition to be conducive for SSA value
3807/// promotion. If the partition needs a new, more refined alloca, this will
3808/// build that new alloca, preserving as much type information as possible, and
3809/// rewrite the uses of the old alloca to point at the new one and have the
3810/// appropriate new offsets. It also evaluates how successful the rewrite was
3811/// at enabling promotion and if it was successful queues the alloca to be
3812/// promoted.
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00003813AllocaInst *SROA::rewritePartition(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS,
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00003814 Partition &P) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003815 // Try to compute a friendly type for this partition of the alloca. This
3816 // won't always succeed, in which case we fall back to a legal integer type
3817 // or an i8 array of an appropriate size.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00003818 Type *SliceTy = nullptr;
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003819 const DataLayout &DL = AI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003820 if (Type *CommonUseTy = findCommonType(P.begin(), P.end(), P.endOffset()))
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003821 if (DL.getTypeAllocSize(CommonUseTy) >= P.size())
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00003822 SliceTy = CommonUseTy;
3823 if (!SliceTy)
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003824 if (Type *TypePartitionTy = getTypePartition(DL, AI.getAllocatedType(),
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003825 P.beginOffset(), P.size()))
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00003826 SliceTy = TypePartitionTy;
3827 if ((!SliceTy || (SliceTy->isArrayTy() &&
3828 SliceTy->getArrayElementType()->isIntegerTy())) &&
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003829 DL.isLegalInteger(P.size() * 8))
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003830 SliceTy = Type::getIntNTy(*C, P.size() * 8);
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00003831 if (!SliceTy)
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003832 SliceTy = ArrayType::get(Type::getInt8Ty(*C), P.size());
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003833 assert(DL.getTypeAllocSize(SliceTy) >= P.size());
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003834
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003835 bool IsIntegerPromotable = isIntegerWideningViable(P, SliceTy, DL);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003836
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00003837 VectorType *VecTy =
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003838 IsIntegerPromotable ? nullptr : isVectorPromotionViable(P, DL);
Chandler Carruth2dc96822014-10-18 00:44:02 +00003839 if (VecTy)
3840 SliceTy = VecTy;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003841
3842 // Check for the case where we're going to rewrite to a new alloca of the
3843 // exact same type as the original, and with the same access offsets. In that
3844 // case, re-use the existing alloca, but still run through the rewriter to
Jakub Staszak086f6cd2013-02-19 22:02:21 +00003845 // perform phi and select speculation.
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003846 AllocaInst *NewAI;
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00003847 if (SliceTy == AI.getAllocatedType()) {
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003848 assert(P.beginOffset() == 0 &&
3849 "Non-zero begin offset but same alloca type");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003850 NewAI = &AI;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003851 // FIXME: We should be able to bail at this point with "nothing changed".
3852 // FIXME: We might want to defer PHI speculation until after here.
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00003853 // FIXME: return nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003854 } else {
Chandler Carruth903790e2012-09-29 10:41:21 +00003855 unsigned Alignment = AI.getAlignment();
3856 if (!Alignment) {
3857 // The minimum alignment which users can rely on when the explicit
3858 // alignment is omitted or zero is that required by the ABI for this
3859 // type.
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003860 Alignment = DL.getABITypeAlignment(AI.getAllocatedType());
Chandler Carruth903790e2012-09-29 10:41:21 +00003861 }
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003862 Alignment = MinAlign(Alignment, P.beginOffset());
Chandler Carruth903790e2012-09-29 10:41:21 +00003863 // If we will get at least this much alignment from the type alone, leave
3864 // the alloca's alignment unconstrained.
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003865 if (Alignment <= DL.getABITypeAlignment(SliceTy))
Chandler Carruth903790e2012-09-29 10:41:21 +00003866 Alignment = 0;
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003867 NewAI = new AllocaInst(
3868 SliceTy, nullptr, Alignment,
3869 AI.getName() + ".sroa." + Twine(P.begin() - AS.begin()), &AI);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003870 ++NumNewAllocas;
3871 }
3872
3873 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Rewriting alloca partition "
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003874 << "[" << P.beginOffset() << "," << P.endOffset()
3875 << ") to: " << *NewAI << "\n");
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003876
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003877 // Track the high watermark on the worklist as it is only relevant for
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003878 // promoted allocas. We will reset it to this point if the alloca is not in
3879 // fact scheduled for promotion.
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00003880 unsigned PPWOldSize = PostPromotionWorklist.size();
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00003881 unsigned NumUses = 0;
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003882 SmallPtrSet<PHINode *, 8> PHIUsers;
3883 SmallPtrSet<SelectInst *, 8> SelectUsers;
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00003884
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003885 AllocaSliceRewriter Rewriter(DL, AS, *this, AI, *NewAI, P.beginOffset(),
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003886 P.endOffset(), IsIntegerPromotable, VecTy,
3887 PHIUsers, SelectUsers);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003888 bool Promotable = true;
Chandler Carruthffb7ce52014-12-24 01:48:09 +00003889 for (Slice *S : P.splitSliceTails()) {
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003890 Promotable &= Rewriter.visit(S);
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00003891 ++NumUses;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003892 }
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003893 for (Slice &S : P) {
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00003894 Promotable &= Rewriter.visit(&S);
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00003895 ++NumUses;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003896 }
3897
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00003898 NumAllocaPartitionUses += NumUses;
3899 MaxUsesPerAllocaPartition =
3900 std::max<unsigned>(NumUses, MaxUsesPerAllocaPartition);
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00003901
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003902 // Now that we've processed all the slices in the new partition, check if any
3903 // PHIs or Selects would block promotion.
3904 for (SmallPtrSetImpl<PHINode *>::iterator I = PHIUsers.begin(),
3905 E = PHIUsers.end();
3906 I != E; ++I)
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003907 if (!isSafePHIToSpeculate(**I)) {
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003908 Promotable = false;
3909 PHIUsers.clear();
3910 SelectUsers.clear();
Chandler Carrutha8c4cc62014-02-25 09:45:27 +00003911 break;
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003912 }
3913 for (SmallPtrSetImpl<SelectInst *>::iterator I = SelectUsers.begin(),
3914 E = SelectUsers.end();
3915 I != E; ++I)
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003916 if (!isSafeSelectToSpeculate(**I)) {
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003917 Promotable = false;
3918 PHIUsers.clear();
3919 SelectUsers.clear();
Chandler Carrutha8c4cc62014-02-25 09:45:27 +00003920 break;
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003921 }
3922
3923 if (Promotable) {
3924 if (PHIUsers.empty() && SelectUsers.empty()) {
3925 // Promote the alloca.
3926 PromotableAllocas.push_back(NewAI);
3927 } else {
3928 // If we have either PHIs or Selects to speculate, add them to those
3929 // worklists and re-queue the new alloca so that we promote in on the
3930 // next iteration.
Chandler Carruth61747042014-10-16 21:05:14 +00003931 for (PHINode *PHIUser : PHIUsers)
3932 SpeculatablePHIs.insert(PHIUser);
3933 for (SelectInst *SelectUser : SelectUsers)
3934 SpeculatableSelects.insert(SelectUser);
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003935 Worklist.insert(NewAI);
3936 }
3937 } else {
Chandler Carruth3bf18ed2014-02-25 00:07:09 +00003938 // Drop any post-promotion work items if promotion didn't happen.
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00003939 while (PostPromotionWorklist.size() > PPWOldSize)
3940 PostPromotionWorklist.pop_back();
David Majnemer30ffc4c2016-04-26 01:05:00 +00003941
3942 // We couldn't promote and we didn't create a new partition, nothing
3943 // happened.
3944 if (NewAI == &AI)
3945 return nullptr;
3946
3947 // If we can't promote the alloca, iterate on it to check for new
3948 // refinements exposed by splitting the current alloca. Don't iterate on an
3949 // alloca which didn't actually change and didn't get promoted.
3950 Worklist.insert(NewAI);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003951 }
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00003952
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00003953 return NewAI;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003954}
3955
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00003956/// \brief Walks the slices of an alloca and form partitions based on them,
3957/// rewriting each of their uses.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00003958bool SROA::splitAlloca(AllocaInst &AI, AllocaSlices &AS) {
3959 if (AS.begin() == AS.end())
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003960 return false;
3961
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00003962 unsigned NumPartitions = 0;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00003963 bool Changed = false;
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003964 const DataLayout &DL = AI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00003965
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003966 // First try to pre-split loads and stores.
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00003967 Changed |= presplitLoadsAndStores(AI, AS);
3968
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003969 // Now that we have identified any pre-splitting opportunities, mark any
3970 // splittable (non-whole-alloca) loads and stores as unsplittable. If we fail
3971 // to split these during pre-splitting, we want to force them to be
3972 // rewritten into a partition.
3973 bool IsSorted = true;
3974 for (Slice &S : AS) {
3975 if (!S.isSplittable())
3976 continue;
3977 // FIXME: We currently leave whole-alloca splittable loads and stores. This
3978 // used to be the only splittable loads and stores and we need to be
3979 // confident that the above handling of splittable loads and stores is
3980 // completely sufficient before we forcibly disable the remaining handling.
3981 if (S.beginOffset() == 0 &&
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00003982 S.endOffset() >= DL.getTypeAllocSize(AI.getAllocatedType()))
Chandler Carruth24ac8302015-01-02 03:55:54 +00003983 continue;
3984 if (isa<LoadInst>(S.getUse()->getUser()) ||
3985 isa<StoreInst>(S.getUse()->getUser())) {
3986 S.makeUnsplittable();
3987 IsSorted = false;
3988 }
3989 }
3990 if (!IsSorted)
3991 std::sort(AS.begin(), AS.end());
3992
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00003993 /// \brief Describes the allocas introduced by rewritePartition
3994 /// in order to migrate the debug info.
3995 struct Piece {
3996 AllocaInst *Alloca;
3997 uint64_t Offset;
3998 uint64_t Size;
3999 Piece(AllocaInst *AI, uint64_t O, uint64_t S)
4000 : Alloca(AI), Offset(O), Size(S) {}
4001 };
4002 SmallVector<Piece, 4> Pieces;
4003
Chandler Carruth0715cba2015-01-01 11:54:38 +00004004 // Rewrite each partition.
Chandler Carruthe2f66ce2014-12-22 22:46:00 +00004005 for (auto &P : AS.partitions()) {
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004006 if (AllocaInst *NewAI = rewritePartition(AI, AS, P)) {
4007 Changed = true;
Adrian Prantl34e75902015-02-09 23:57:22 +00004008 if (NewAI != &AI) {
4009 uint64_t SizeOfByte = 8;
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004010 uint64_t AllocaSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(NewAI->getAllocatedType());
Adrian Prantl34e75902015-02-09 23:57:22 +00004011 // Don't include any padding.
4012 uint64_t Size = std::min(AllocaSize, P.size() * SizeOfByte);
4013 Pieces.push_back(Piece(NewAI, P.beginOffset() * SizeOfByte, Size));
4014 }
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004015 }
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004016 ++NumPartitions;
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004017 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004018
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004019 NumAllocaPartitions += NumPartitions;
4020 MaxPartitionsPerAlloca =
4021 std::max<unsigned>(NumPartitions, MaxPartitionsPerAlloca);
Chandler Carruth6c321c12013-07-19 10:57:36 +00004022
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004023 // Migrate debug information from the old alloca to the new alloca(s)
Benjamin Kramerdf005cb2015-08-08 18:27:36 +00004024 // and the individual partitions.
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004025 if (DbgDeclareInst *DbgDecl = FindAllocaDbgDeclare(&AI)) {
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith60635e32015-04-21 18:44:06 +00004026 auto *Var = DbgDecl->getVariable();
4027 auto *Expr = DbgDecl->getExpression();
Sanjay Patelaf674fb2015-12-14 17:24:23 +00004028 DIBuilder DIB(*AI.getModule(), /*AllowUnresolved*/ false);
Keno Fischerd5354fd2016-01-14 20:06:34 +00004029 uint64_t AllocaSize = DL.getTypeSizeInBits(AI.getAllocatedType());
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004030 for (auto Piece : Pieces) {
4031 // Create a piece expression describing the new partition or reuse AI's
4032 // expression if there is only one partition.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith60635e32015-04-21 18:44:06 +00004033 auto *PieceExpr = Expr;
Keno Fischerd5354fd2016-01-14 20:06:34 +00004034 if (Piece.Size < AllocaSize || Expr->isBitPiece()) {
Adrian Prantl152ac392015-02-01 00:58:04 +00004035 // If this alloca is already a scalar replacement of a larger aggregate,
4036 // Piece.Offset describes the offset inside the scalar.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith6a0320a2015-04-14 01:12:42 +00004037 uint64_t Offset = Expr->isBitPiece() ? Expr->getBitPieceOffset() : 0;
Adrian Prantl34e75902015-02-09 23:57:22 +00004038 uint64_t Start = Offset + Piece.Offset;
4039 uint64_t Size = Piece.Size;
Duncan P. N. Exon Smith6a0320a2015-04-14 01:12:42 +00004040 if (Expr->isBitPiece()) {
4041 uint64_t AbsEnd = Expr->getBitPieceOffset() + Expr->getBitPieceSize();
Adrian Prantl34e75902015-02-09 23:57:22 +00004042 if (Start >= AbsEnd)
4043 // No need to describe a SROAed padding.
4044 continue;
4045 Size = std::min(Size, AbsEnd - Start);
4046 }
4047 PieceExpr = DIB.createBitPieceExpression(Start, Size);
Keno Fischerd5354fd2016-01-14 20:06:34 +00004048 } else {
4049 assert(Pieces.size() == 1 &&
4050 "partition is as large as original alloca");
Adrian Prantl152ac392015-02-01 00:58:04 +00004051 }
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004052
4053 // Remove any existing dbg.declare intrinsic describing the same alloca.
4054 if (DbgDeclareInst *OldDDI = FindAllocaDbgDeclare(Piece.Alloca))
4055 OldDDI->eraseFromParent();
4056
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithcd1aecf2015-04-15 21:18:07 +00004057 DIB.insertDeclare(Piece.Alloca, Var, PieceExpr, DbgDecl->getDebugLoc(),
4058 &AI);
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004059 }
4060 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004061 return Changed;
4062}
4063
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004064/// \brief Clobber a use with undef, deleting the used value if it becomes dead.
4065void SROA::clobberUse(Use &U) {
4066 Value *OldV = U;
4067 // Replace the use with an undef value.
4068 U = UndefValue::get(OldV->getType());
4069
4070 // Check for this making an instruction dead. We have to garbage collect
4071 // all the dead instructions to ensure the uses of any alloca end up being
4072 // minimal.
4073 if (Instruction *OldI = dyn_cast<Instruction>(OldV))
4074 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(OldI)) {
4075 DeadInsts.insert(OldI);
4076 }
4077}
4078
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004079/// \brief Analyze an alloca for SROA.
4080///
4081/// This analyzes the alloca to ensure we can reason about it, builds
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00004082/// the slices of the alloca, and then hands it off to be split and
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004083/// rewritten as needed.
4084bool SROA::runOnAlloca(AllocaInst &AI) {
4085 DEBUG(dbgs() << "SROA alloca: " << AI << "\n");
4086 ++NumAllocasAnalyzed;
4087
4088 // Special case dead allocas, as they're trivial.
4089 if (AI.use_empty()) {
4090 AI.eraseFromParent();
4091 return true;
4092 }
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004093 const DataLayout &DL = AI.getModule()->getDataLayout();
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004094
4095 // Skip alloca forms that this analysis can't handle.
4096 if (AI.isArrayAllocation() || !AI.getAllocatedType()->isSized() ||
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004097 DL.getTypeAllocSize(AI.getAllocatedType()) == 0)
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004098 return false;
4099
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00004100 bool Changed = false;
4101
4102 // First, split any FCA loads and stores touching this alloca to promote
4103 // better splitting and promotion opportunities.
Benjamin Kramer6db33382015-10-15 15:08:58 +00004104 AggLoadStoreRewriter AggRewriter;
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00004105 Changed |= AggRewriter.rewrite(AI);
4106
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00004107 // Build the slices using a recursive instruction-visiting builder.
Mehdi Aminia28d91d2015-03-10 02:37:25 +00004108 AllocaSlices AS(DL, AI);
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004109 DEBUG(AS.print(dbgs()));
4110 if (AS.isEscaped())
Chandler Carruth42cb9cb2012-09-18 12:57:43 +00004111 return Changed;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004112
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004113 // Delete all the dead users of this alloca before splitting and rewriting it.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004114 for (Instruction *DeadUser : AS.getDeadUsers()) {
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004115 // Free up everything used by this instruction.
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +00004116 for (Use &DeadOp : DeadUser->operands())
Chandler Carruth1583e992014-03-03 10:42:58 +00004117 clobberUse(DeadOp);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004118
4119 // Now replace the uses of this instruction.
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +00004120 DeadUser->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(DeadUser->getType()));
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004121
4122 // And mark it for deletion.
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +00004123 DeadInsts.insert(DeadUser);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004124 Changed = true;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004125 }
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004126 for (Use *DeadOp : AS.getDeadOperands()) {
Chandler Carruth57d4cae2014-10-16 20:42:08 +00004127 clobberUse(*DeadOp);
Chandler Carruth1bf38c62014-01-19 12:16:54 +00004128 Changed = true;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004129 }
4130
Chandler Carruth9f21fe12013-07-19 09:13:58 +00004131 // No slices to split. Leave the dead alloca for a later pass to clean up.
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004132 if (AS.begin() == AS.end())
Chandler Carruthe5b7a2c2012-10-05 01:29:09 +00004133 return Changed;
4134
Chandler Carruth83934062014-10-16 21:11:55 +00004135 Changed |= splitAlloca(AI, AS);
Chandler Carruthf0546402013-07-18 07:15:00 +00004136
4137 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Speculating PHIs\n");
4138 while (!SpeculatablePHIs.empty())
4139 speculatePHINodeLoads(*SpeculatablePHIs.pop_back_val());
4140
4141 DEBUG(dbgs() << " Speculating Selects\n");
4142 while (!SpeculatableSelects.empty())
4143 speculateSelectInstLoads(*SpeculatableSelects.pop_back_val());
4144
4145 return Changed;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004146}
4147
Chandler Carruth19450da2012-09-14 10:26:38 +00004148/// \brief Delete the dead instructions accumulated in this run.
4149///
4150/// Recursively deletes the dead instructions we've accumulated. This is done
4151/// at the very end to maximize locality of the recursive delete and to
4152/// minimize the problems of invalidated instruction pointers as such pointers
4153/// are used heavily in the intermediate stages of the algorithm.
4154///
4155/// We also record the alloca instructions deleted here so that they aren't
4156/// subsequently handed to mem2reg to promote.
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00004157void SROA::deleteDeadInstructions(
4158 SmallPtrSetImpl<AllocaInst *> &DeletedAllocas) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004159 while (!DeadInsts.empty()) {
4160 Instruction *I = DeadInsts.pop_back_val();
4161 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Deleting dead instruction: " << *I << "\n");
4162
Chandler Carruth58d05562012-10-25 04:37:07 +00004163 I->replaceAllUsesWith(UndefValue::get(I->getType()));
4164
Chandler Carruth1583e992014-03-03 10:42:58 +00004165 for (Use &Operand : I->operands())
4166 if (Instruction *U = dyn_cast<Instruction>(Operand)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004167 // Zero out the operand and see if it becomes trivially dead.
Craig Topperf40110f2014-04-25 05:29:35 +00004168 Operand = nullptr;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004169 if (isInstructionTriviallyDead(U))
Chandler Carruth18db7952012-11-20 01:12:50 +00004170 DeadInsts.insert(U);
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004171 }
4172
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004173 if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(I)) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004174 DeletedAllocas.insert(AI);
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004175 if (DbgDeclareInst *DbgDecl = FindAllocaDbgDeclare(AI))
4176 DbgDecl->eraseFromParent();
4177 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004178
4179 ++NumDeleted;
4180 I->eraseFromParent();
4181 }
4182}
4183
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004184/// \brief Promote the allocas, using the best available technique.
4185///
4186/// This attempts to promote whatever allocas have been identified as viable in
4187/// the PromotableAllocas list. If that list is empty, there is nothing to do.
Chandler Carruth748d0952015-08-26 09:09:29 +00004188/// This function returns whether any promotion occurred.
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004189bool SROA::promoteAllocas(Function &F) {
4190 if (PromotableAllocas.empty())
4191 return false;
4192
4193 NumPromoted += PromotableAllocas.size();
4194
Chandler Carruth748d0952015-08-26 09:09:29 +00004195 DEBUG(dbgs() << "Promoting allocas with mem2reg...\n");
4196 PromoteMemToReg(PromotableAllocas, *DT, nullptr, AC);
Chandler Carruth70b44c52012-09-15 11:43:14 +00004197 PromotableAllocas.clear();
4198 return true;
4199}
4200
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00004201PreservedAnalyses SROA::runImpl(Function &F, DominatorTree &RunDT,
4202 AssumptionCache &RunAC) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004203 DEBUG(dbgs() << "SROA function: " << F.getName() << "\n");
4204 C = &F.getContext();
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00004205 DT = &RunDT;
4206 AC = &RunAC;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004207
4208 BasicBlock &EntryBB = F.getEntryBlock();
Benjamin Kramerb6d0bd42014-03-02 12:27:27 +00004209 for (BasicBlock::iterator I = EntryBB.begin(), E = std::prev(EntryBB.end());
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004210 I != E; ++I) {
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004211 if (AllocaInst *AI = dyn_cast<AllocaInst>(I))
4212 Worklist.insert(AI);
Adrian Prantl565cc182015-01-20 19:42:22 +00004213 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004214
4215 bool Changed = false;
Chandler Carruth19450da2012-09-14 10:26:38 +00004216 // A set of deleted alloca instruction pointers which should be removed from
4217 // the list of promotable allocas.
4218 SmallPtrSet<AllocaInst *, 4> DeletedAllocas;
4219
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004220 do {
4221 while (!Worklist.empty()) {
4222 Changed |= runOnAlloca(*Worklist.pop_back_val());
4223 deleteDeadInstructions(DeletedAllocas);
Chandler Carruthb09f0a32012-10-02 22:46:45 +00004224
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004225 // Remove the deleted allocas from various lists so that we don't try to
4226 // continue processing them.
4227 if (!DeletedAllocas.empty()) {
Chandler Carruth113dc642014-12-20 02:39:18 +00004228 auto IsInSet = [&](AllocaInst *AI) { return DeletedAllocas.count(AI); };
Benjamin Kramer3a377bc2014-03-01 11:47:00 +00004229 Worklist.remove_if(IsInSet);
4230 PostPromotionWorklist.remove_if(IsInSet);
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004231 PromotableAllocas.erase(std::remove_if(PromotableAllocas.begin(),
4232 PromotableAllocas.end(),
Benjamin Kramer3a377bc2014-03-01 11:47:00 +00004233 IsInSet),
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004234 PromotableAllocas.end());
4235 DeletedAllocas.clear();
4236 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004237 }
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004238
Chandler Carruthac8317f2012-10-04 12:33:50 +00004239 Changed |= promoteAllocas(F);
4240
4241 Worklist = PostPromotionWorklist;
4242 PostPromotionWorklist.clear();
4243 } while (!Worklist.empty());
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004244
Davide Italiano16e96d42016-06-07 13:21:17 +00004245 if (!Changed)
4246 return PreservedAnalyses::all();
4247
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00004248 // FIXME: Even when promoting allocas we should preserve some abstract set of
4249 // CFG-specific analyses.
Davide Italiano16e96d42016-06-07 13:21:17 +00004250 PreservedAnalyses PA;
4251 PA.preserve<GlobalsAA>();
4252 return PA;
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004253}
4254
Sean Silva36e0d012016-08-09 00:28:15 +00004255PreservedAnalyses SROA::run(Function &F, FunctionAnalysisManager &AM) {
Chandler Carruthb47f8012016-03-11 11:05:24 +00004256 return runImpl(F, AM.getResult<DominatorTreeAnalysis>(F),
4257 AM.getResult<AssumptionAnalysis>(F));
Chandler Carruth1b398ae2012-09-14 09:22:59 +00004258}
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00004259
4260/// A legacy pass for the legacy pass manager that wraps the \c SROA pass.
4261///
4262/// This is in the llvm namespace purely to allow it to be a friend of the \c
4263/// SROA pass.
4264class llvm::sroa::SROALegacyPass : public FunctionPass {
4265 /// The SROA implementation.
4266 SROA Impl;
4267
4268public:
4269 SROALegacyPass() : FunctionPass(ID) {
4270 initializeSROALegacyPassPass(*PassRegistry::getPassRegistry());
4271 }
4272 bool runOnFunction(Function &F) override {
Andrew Kayloraa641a52016-04-22 22:06:11 +00004273 if (skipFunction(F))
Chandler Carruth29a18a42015-09-12 09:09:14 +00004274 return false;
4275
4276 auto PA = Impl.runImpl(
4277 F, getAnalysis<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>().getDomTree(),
4278 getAnalysis<AssumptionCacheTracker>().getAssumptionCache(F));
4279 return !PA.areAllPreserved();
4280 }
4281 void getAnalysisUsage(AnalysisUsage &AU) const override {
4282 AU.addRequired<AssumptionCacheTracker>();
4283 AU.addRequired<DominatorTreeWrapperPass>();
4284 AU.addPreserved<GlobalsAAWrapperPass>();
4285 AU.setPreservesCFG();
4286 }
4287
4288 const char *getPassName() const override { return "SROA"; }
4289 static char ID;
4290};
4291
4292char SROALegacyPass::ID = 0;
4293
4294FunctionPass *llvm::createSROAPass() { return new SROALegacyPass(); }
4295
4296INITIALIZE_PASS_BEGIN(SROALegacyPass, "sroa",
4297 "Scalar Replacement Of Aggregates", false, false)
4298INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(AssumptionCacheTracker)
4299INITIALIZE_PASS_DEPENDENCY(DominatorTreeWrapperPass)
4300INITIALIZE_PASS_END(SROALegacyPass, "sroa", "Scalar Replacement Of Aggregates",
4301 false, false)